Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Cirrus Logic

Cirrus Logic

crus · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker crus
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Cirrus Logic
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO.

i

OPERATOR PM8 

Annual Report20121307401-0612-ARNORTH AMERICACORPORATE HEADQUARTERS800 West Sixth StreetAustin, Texas 78701United StatesT +1-512-851-4000Toll-Free +1-800-888-5016ASIA PACIFICCIRRUS LOGIC INTERNATIONAL LTD.Suite 1427Ocean CentreHarbour City5 Canton RoadTsimshatsuiKowloon, Hong KongChinaT +852-2376-0801JAPANCIRRUS LOGIC K.K.G-Square Mita 8F3-2-6 MitaMinato-kuTokyo, Japan 108-0073T +81 (3) 6732-8477EUROPECIRRUS LOGIC (U.K.) LTD.Ground Floor OfficesJames House, Mere ParkDedmere RoadMarlow, Buckinghamshire SL7  1FJUnited KingdomT +44 (0) 1628-891-300LEARN MORE ATwww.cirrus.comcirr-13074-01 FY12 Annual Report Cover Design F.indd   1-25/30/12   5:33 PMJOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO.

ii

OPERATOR PM8 

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 1

OPERATOR PM8 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For The Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period from ________ to ________

Commission File Number 0-17795

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

DELAWARE 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

 77-0024818
 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2901 Via Fortuna, Austin, TX 78746
(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (512) 851-4000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 

Act.  YES   

  NO 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 

Act.  YES  

  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file 
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES  

  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  YES  

 NO  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is 
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a 
smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  YES  
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was $863,787,764 

  NO 

based upon the closing price reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market as of September 23, 2011. Stock held by directors, 
officers and stockholders owning 5 percent or more of the outstanding common stock were excluded as they may be deemed 
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a conclusive determination for any other purpose.

As of May 29, 2012, the number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value, was 64,479,256.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information contained in the registrant’s proxy statement for its annual meeting of stockholders to be held July 26, 2012 

is incorporated by reference in Part II – Item 5. and Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 2

OPERATOR PM8 

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

FORM 10-K

For The Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012

INDEX

PART I
Item 1.
Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1A. Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 3.
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Consolidated Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 6.
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . . . . .
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . . .
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 11.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV
Item 15.

Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal Accountant Fees and Services  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3
8
19
19
20
20

21
22
23
33
34
63
63

64
64

64
64
64

64
67

Page 2 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 3

OPERATOR PM8 

ITEM 1.  Business

PART I

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (“Cirrus Logic,” “Cirrus,” “We,” “Us,” “Our,” or the “Company”) develops high-
precision, analog and mixed-signal integrated circuits (“ICs”) for a broad range of audio and energy markets. 
Building on our diverse analog mixed-signal patent portfolio, Cirrus Logic delivers highly optimized products 
for consumer and commercial audio, automotive entertainment, and targeted industrial and energy-related 
applications. We also develop ICs, board-level modules and hybrids for high-power amplifier applications 
branded as the Apex Precision Power™ (“Apex”) line of products.

We were incorporated in California in 1984, became a public company in 1989 and were reincorporated 

in the State of Delaware in February 1999. Our primary facility housing engineering, sales and marketing, 
and administrative functions is located in Austin, Texas. In addition, we have engineering, administrative, 
and assembly facilities in Tucson, Arizona, as well as sales locations throughout the United States. We also 
serve customers from international sales offices in Europe and Asia, including the People’s Republic of China, 
Hong Kong, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan and the United Kingdom. Our common stock, which has 
been publicly traded since 1989, is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS.

We maintain a Web site with the address www.cirrus.com. We are not including the information contained 

on our Web site as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We 
make available free of charge through our Web site our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports 
on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably 
practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). To receive a free copy of this Form 10-K, please forward your written 
request to Cirrus Logic, Inc., Attn: Investor Relations, 2901 Via Fortuna, Austin, Texas 78746, or via email at 
Investor.Relations@cirrus.com. In addition, the SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains 
reports, proxy and information statements filed electronically with the SEC by Cirrus Logic.

Background of the Semiconductor Industry

In general, the semiconductor industry produces three types of products: analog, digital and mixed-signal. 
Analog semiconductors process a continuous range of signals that can represent functions such as temperature, 
speed, pressure and sound. Digital semiconductors process information represented by discrete values, for 
example, 0s and 1s. Mixed-signal semiconductors combine analog and digital circuits in a single product. 
The design of the analog component of a mixed-signal IC is particularly complex and difficult, and requires 
experienced engineers to optimize speed, power and resolution within standard manufacturing processes.

The convergence and sophistication of our customers’ products, such as portable audio applications, home 
entertainment and automotive audio devices, is made possible in part by advances in semiconductor technology. 
Semiconductor companies are attempting to differentiate their products based on offering new features and 
functionality to customers, while at the same time shrinking product sizes, reducing power consumption, and 
lowering overall system costs.

Due to the extremely high costs involved in developing and operating a wafer fabrication facility, many 
semiconductor companies, including Cirrus, rely on third party foundries to manufacture their IC’s. We believe 
that our fabless manufacturing model significantly reduces our capital requirements and allows us to focus our 
resources on the design, development, and marketing of our ICs.

Page 3 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 4

OPERATOR PM8 

Segments

We determine our operating segments in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) 

guidelines. Our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) has been identified as the chief operating decision maker as 
defined by these guidelines.

The Company operates and tracks its results in one reportable segment based on the aggregation of activity 
from its two product lines. Our CEO receives and uses enterprise-wide financial information to assess financial 
performance and allocate resources, rather than detailed information at a product line level. Additionally, our 
product lines have similar characteristics and customers. They share operations support functions such as 
sales, public relations, supply chain management, various research and development and engineering support, 
in addition to the general and administrative functions of human resources, legal, finance and information 
technology. Therefore, there is no discrete financial information maintained for these product lines. We report 
revenue in two product categories: audio products and energy products. For fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, 
audio product sales were $350.7 million, $264.8 million, and $153.7 million, respectively. For fiscal years 2012, 
2011, and 2010, energy product sales were $76.1 million, $104.7 million, and $67.3 million, respectively.

See Note 15 - Segment Information, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 

for further details including sales and property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations.

Company Strategy

Our strategy is somewhat different from many mixed-signal semiconductor companies. In addition to 
developing a few catalog-type products that can be used by a broad array of customers, we are particularly 
focused on providing innovative custom products to market leading customers in the various markets we serve.

Specifically, we target growing markets where we can showcase our expertise in analog and digital 
signal processing to solve challenging problems. Our approach has been to develop new catalog components 
that embody our latest innovations, which we then use to engage with the leading customers in a particular 
market or application. We then focus on building a strong engineering relationship with the design teams at 
these customers and work to develop highly differentiated products that address their specific needs using our 
own intellectual property (“IP”), sometimes in combination with theirs. When we have been successful with 
this approach, one initial design win has expanded into many additional products. This strategy gives us the 
opportunity to increase our content per box with a customer over time through the addition of new features and 
the integration of other system components into our products.

Markets and Products

The following provides a detailed discussion regarding our audio and energy product lines:

Audio Products:  High-precision analog and mixed-signal components, as well as audio digital signal 

processor (“DSP”) products for consumer, professional and automotive entertainment markets.

Energy Products:  High-precision analog and mixed-signal components for energy-related applications, 

such as light emitting diode (“LED”) lighting, energy measurement, energy exploration and energy control 
systems. Energy products also include ICs, board-level modules and hybrids for high-power pulse width 
modulation (“PWM”) and power amplifier applications.

AUDIO PRODUCTS

We are a recognized leader in analog and mixed-signal audio converter and audio DSP products that 
enable today’s new consumer, professional and automotive entertainment applications. Our broad portfolio of 
approximately 250 active proprietary products includes analog-to-digital converters (“ADCs”), digital-to-analog 
converters (“DACs”), “codecs” - chips that integrate ADCs and DACs into a single IC, digital interface ICs, volume 

Page 4 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 5

OPERATOR PM8 

controls and digital amplifiers, as well as audio DSPs for consumer electronics applications such as audio/video 
receivers (“AVRs”) and digital TVs. Our products are used in a wide array of consumer applications, including 
portable media players, smartphones, tablets, AVRs, DVD and Blu-ray Disc players, complete home theater 
systems, set-top boxes, gaming devices, sound cards and digital televisions. Applications for products within 
professional markets include digital mixing consoles, multi-track digital recorders and effects processors. 
Applications for products within automotive markets include amplifiers, satellite radio systems, telematics and 
multi-speaker car-audio systems.

ENERGY PRODUCTS

We provide high-precision analog and mixed-signal ICs for targeted energy control, energy measurement 
and energy exploration applications, as well as ICs, board-level modules, and hybrids from the Apex brand of 
products for high-power PWM and power amplifier applications. We have approximately 450 active proprietary 
products which include LED driver ICs, power factor correction ICs, ADCs, DACs, linear amplifiers, PWM 
amplifiers, and amplifier ICs. Our products are used in a wide array of high-precision, energy-related 
applications including LED retrofit lamps, digital utility meters, power supplies, lighting ballasts, motor control, 
energy exploration, and high-power systems. New additions to our proprietary product portfolio in the past 
fiscal year include:

1.  The CS1501/1601 are digitally controlled, variable frequency discontinuous conduction mode (VF-
DCM), active power factor correction ICs intended for use in switch-mode power supplies rated up 
to 300 watts. The CS1501 is designed to address power supplies, such as laptop adapters, digital TVs 
and PC power, while the CS1601 targets lighting applications, such as LED and fluorescent electronic 
lighting ballasts.

2.  The CS161X family of TRIAC dimmable LED drivers, which have been tested to provide near 100 
percent compatibility with the world’s base of installed dimmers, is the first LED driver IC product 
family from Cirrus Logic that targets the retrofit incandescent replacement market, which many 
analysts believe will grow to 1 billion units by 2015.

Customers, Marketing, and Sales

We offer approximately 700 products to more than 3,000 active customers worldwide through both direct 

and indirect sales channels. Our major customers are among the world’s leading electronics manufacturers. 
We target both large existing and emerging growth consumer electronic and energy markets that derive value 
from our expertise in advanced analog and mixed-signal design processing, systems-level integrated circuit 
engineering and embedded software development. We derive our sales both domestically and from a variety of 
locations across the world, including the People’s Republic of China, the European Union, Hong Kong, Japan, 
South Korea, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom. Our domestic sales force includes a network of regional direct 
sales offices located in California, Massachusetts, Ohio, Nevada, North Carolina, and Texas. International 
sales offices and staff are located in Germany, Hong Kong, Shanghai and Shenzhen in the People’s Republic of 
China, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan, Japan and the United Kingdom. We supplement our direct sales force 
with external sales representatives and distributors. Our technical support staff is located in Texas and Arizona. 
Our worldwide sales force provides geographically specific support to our customers and specialized selling 
of product lines with unique customer bases. See Note 15 - Segment Information, of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements contained in Item 8 for further detail and for additional disclosure regarding sales and 
property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations.

Since the components we produce are largely proprietary and generally not available from second sources, 

we generally consider our end customer to be the entity specifying the use of our component in their design. 
These end customers may then purchase our products directly from us, from an external sales representative 
or distributor, or through a third party manufacturer contracted to produce their designs. For fiscal years 2012, 
2011, and 2010, our ten largest end customers represented approximately 74 percent, 62 percent, and 54 percent, 
of our sales, respectively. For fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who 
purchased through multiple contract manufacturers and represented approximately 62 percent, 47 percent, 
and 35 percent, of the Company’s total sales, respectively. For fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, we had one 
distributor, Avnet Inc., who represented 15 percent, 24 percent, and 26 percent, of our sales, respectively.

Page 5 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 6

OPERATOR PM8 

Manufacturing

As a fabless semiconductor company, we contract with third parties for wafer fabrication and nearly all 

of our assembly and test operations. We use multiple wafer foundries, assembly sources and test houses in 
the production of our inventory. The Company owns a 54,000 square foot facility in Tucson, Arizona, which 
serves as the assembly and test facility for its Apex product line. With the exception of these Apex products, our 
outsourced manufacturing strategy allows us to concentrate on our design strengths, minimize fixed costs and 
capital expenditures while giving us access to advanced manufacturing facilities, and provide the flexibility 
to source multiple leading-edge technologies through strategic relationships. After wafer fabrication by the 
foundry, third-party assembly vendors package the wafer die. The finished products are then tested before 
shipment to our customers. While we do have some redundancy of fabrication processes by using multiple 
outside foundries, any interruption of supply by one or more of these foundries could materially impact us. As 
a result, we maintain some amount of business interruption insurance to help reduce the risk of wafer supply 
interruption, but we are not fully insured against such risk. Our supply chain management organization is 
responsible for the management of all aspects of the manufacturing, assembly, and testing of our products, 
including process and package development, test program development, and production testing of products in 
accordance with our ISO-certified quality management system.

Although our products are made from basic materials (principally silicon, metals and plastics), all of which 

are available from a number of suppliers, capacity at wafer foundries sometimes becomes constrained. The 
limited availability of certain materials may impact our suppliers’ ability to meet our demand needs or impact 
the price we are charged. The prices of certain other basic materials, such as metals, gases and chemicals used 
in the production of circuits can increase as demand grows for these basic commodities. In most cases, we do 
not procure these materials ourselves; nevertheless, we are reliant on such materials for producing our products 
because our outside foundry and package and test subcontractors must procure them. To help mitigate risks 
associated with constrained capacity, we use multiple foundries, assembly and test sources.

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks

We rely on patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws to protect our intellectual property, products, 

and technology. As of March 31, 2012, we held approximately 1,027 granted U.S. patents, 109 U.S. pending 
patent applications and various corresponding international patents and applications. Our U.S. patents expire 
in calendar years 2012 through 2030. While our patents are an important element of our success, our business 
as a whole is not dependent on any one patent or group of patents. We do not anticipate any material effect on 
our business due to any patents expiring in 2012, and we continue to obtain new patents through our ongoing 
research and development.

We have maintained U.S. federal trademark registrations for CIRRUS LOGIC, CIRRUS, Cirrus Logic 
logo designs, CRYSTAL, APEX and APEX PRECISION POWER. These U.S. registrations may be renewed 
as long as the marks continue to be used in interstate commerce. We have also filed or obtained foreign 
registration for these marks in other countries or jurisdictions where we conduct, or anticipate conducting, 
international business.

To complement our own research and development efforts, we have also licensed and expect to continue to 

license, a variety of intellectual property and technologies important to our business from third parties.

Research and Development

We concentrate our research and development efforts on the design and development of new products 
for each of our principal markets. We also fund certain advanced-process technology development, as well 
as other emerging product opportunities. Expenditures for research and development in fiscal years 2012, 
2011, and 2010 were $85.7 million, $63.9 million, and $51.4 million, respectively. Our future success is highly 
dependent upon our ability to develop complex new products, to transfer new products to volume production, to 
introduce them into the marketplace in a timely fashion, and to have them selected for design into products of 
systems manufacturers. Our future success may also depend on assisting our customers with integration of our 
components into their new products, including providing support from the concept stage through design, launch 
and production ramp.

Page 6 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 7

OPERATOR PM8 

Competition

Markets for our products are highly competitive and we expect that competition will continue to increase. 
Our ability to compete effectively and to expand our business will depend on our ability to continue to recruit 
key engineering talent, to execute on new product developments, to persuade customers to design-in these new 
products into their applications, and to provide lower-cost versions of existing products. We compete with other 
semiconductor suppliers that offer standard semiconductors, application-specific standard product and fully 
customized ICs, including embedded software, chip and board-level products.

While no single company competes with us in all of our product lines, we face significant competition 
in all markets where our products are available. We expect to face additional competition from new entrants 
in our markets, which may include both large domestic and international IC manufacturers and smaller, 
emerging companies.

The principal competitive factors in our markets include: time to market; quality of hardware/software 

design and end-market systems expertise; price; product benefits that are characterized by performance, 
features, quality and compatibility with standards; access to advanced process and packaging technologies at 
competitive prices; and sales and technical support, which includes assisting our customers with integration of 
our components into their new products and providing support from the concept stage through design, launch 
and production ramp.

Product life cycles may vary greatly by product category. For example, many consumer electronic devices 

have shorter design-in cycles; therefore, our competitors have increasingly frequent opportunities to achieve 
design wins in next-generation systems. Conversely, this also provides us frequent opportunities to displace 
competitors in products that have previously not utilized our design. The industrial and automotive markets 
typically have longer life cycles, which provide continued revenue streams over long periods of time.

Backlog

Sales are made primarily pursuant to short-term purchase orders for delivery of products. The quantity 
actually ordered by the customer, as well as the shipment schedules, are frequently revised, without significant 
penalty, to reflect changes in the customer’s needs. The majority of our backlog is typically requested for 
delivery within six months. In markets where the end system life cycles are relatively short, customers typically 
request delivery in six to ten weeks. We believe a backlog analysis at any given time gives little indication of our 
future business except on a short-term basis, principally within the next 60 days.

We utilize backlog as an indicator to assist us in production planning. However, backlog is influenced by 

several factors including market demand, pricing, and customer order patterns in reaction to product lead times. 
Quantities actually purchased by customers, as well as prices, are subject to variations between booking and 
delivery because of changes in customer needs or industry conditions. As a result, we believe that our backlog at 
any given time is an incomplete indicator of future sales.

Employees

As of March 31, 2012, we had 676 full-time employees, an increase of 106 employees, or 19 percent, 
over the end of fiscal year 2011. Of our full-time employees, 54 percent were engaged in research and product 
development activities, 34 percent in sales, marketing, general and administrative activities, and 12 percent in 
manufacturing-related activities. Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, retain 
and motivate highly qualified technical, marketing, engineering, and administrative personnel.

We have never had a work stoppage and none of our employees are represented by collective bargaining 

agreements. We consider our employee relations to be good.

Page 7 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 8

OPERATOR PM8 

Forward--Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by reference contain 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 
27A of the Securities the Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended. All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than 
statements that are purely historical, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements 
are identified by words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “target,” “project,” “believe,” “goals,” “estimates,” and 
“intend.” Variations of these types of words and similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-
looking statements. Any statements that refer to our plans, expectations, strategies or other characterizations 
of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-
looking statements are predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult 
to predict. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-
looking statements. Among the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those 
indicated by our forward-looking statements are those discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this 
report, as well as in the documents filed by us with the SEC, specifically the most recent reports on Form 10-Q 
and 8-K, each as it may be amended from time to time.

We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the 
date of this report, and we undertake no obligation to update this information to reflect events or circumstances 
after the filing of this report with the SEC, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements, expressed 
or implied, included in this Form 10-K and attributable to Cirrus Logic are expressly qualified in their entirety 
by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any 
subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that we may make or persons acting on our behalf may 
issue. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. The risk factors set forth below may not be the only risks that we face 

and there is a risk that we may have failed to identify all possible risk factors. Additional risks that we are not 
aware of yet or that currently are not significant may adversely affect our business operations. You should read 
the following cautionary statements in conjunction with the factors discussed elsewhere in this and other Cirrus 
Logic filings with the SEC. These cautionary statements are intended to highlight certain factors that may 
affect the financial condition and results of operations of Cirrus Logic and are not meant to be an exhaustive 
discussion of risks that apply to companies such as ours.

We depend on a limited number of customers and distributors for a substantial portion of our sales, and the 
loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, any key customer or distributor could significantly reduce 
our sales.

While we generate sales from a broad base of customers worldwide, the loss of any of our key customers, 
or a significant reduction in sales to any one of them, would significantly reduce our sales and adversely affect 
our business. For the twelve month periods ending March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011, our ten largest end 
customers represented approximately 74 percent and 62 percent of our sales, respectively. For the twelve month 
periods ending March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased 
through multiple contract manufacturers and represented approximately 62 percent and 47 percent of the 
Company’s total sales, respectively. For the twelve month periods ending March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011, 
we had one distributor, Avnet Inc., who represented 15 percent and 24 percent of our sales, respectively.

We may not be able to maintain or increase sales to certain of our key customers for a variety of reasons, 

including the following:

▪	 most	of	our	customers	can	stop	incorporating	our	products	into	their	own	products	with	limited	notice	to	

us and suffer little or no penalty;

Page 8 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 9

OPERATOR PM8 

▪	 our	agreements	with	our	customers	typically	do	not	require	them	to	purchase	a	minimum	quantity	of	

our products;

▪	 many	of	our	customers	have	pre-existing	or	concurrent	relationships	with	our	current	or	potential	

competitors that may affect the customers’ decisions to purchase our products;

▪	 our	customers	face	intense	competition	from	other	manufacturers	that	do	not	use	our	products;	and

▪	 our	customers	regularly	evaluate	alternative	sources	of	supply	in	order	to	diversify	their	supplier	

base, which increases their negotiating leverage with us and their ability to obtain components from 
alternative sources.

Our key customer relationships often require us to develop new products that may involve significant 

technological challenges. Our customers frequently place considerable pressure on us to meet their tight 
development schedules. In addition, we may from time to time enter into customer agreements providing 
for exclusivity periods during which we may only sell specified products or technology to that customer. 
Accordingly, we may have to devote a substantial amount of resources to strategic relationships, which could 
detract from or delay our completion of other important development projects or the development of next 
generation products and technologies.

Our failure to develop and ramp new products into production in a timely manner could harm our 
operating results.

Our success depends upon our ability to develop new products for new and existing customers, and to 
introduce these products in a timely and cost-effective manner. New product introductions involve significant 
investment of resources and potential risks. Delays in new product introductions or less-than-anticipated market 
acceptance of our new products are possible and would have an adverse effect on our sales and earnings. 
The development of new products is highly complex and, from time-to-time, we have experienced delays in 
developing and introducing these new products. Successful product development and introduction depend on a 
number of factors including, but not limited to:

▪	 proper	new	product	definition;

▪	

timely	completion	of	design	and	testing	of	new	products;

▪	 assisting	our	customers	with	integration	of	our	components	into	their	new	products,	including	providing	

support from the concept stage through design, launch and production ramp;

▪	 successfully	developing	and	implementing	the	software	necessary	to	integrate	our	products	into	our	

customers’ products;

▪	 achievement	of	acceptable	manufacturing	yields;

▪	 availability	of	wafer	fabrication,	assembly,	and	test	capacity;	and

▪	 market	acceptance	of	our	products	and	the	products	of	our	customers.

Both sales and margins may be materially affected if new product introductions are delayed, or if our 

products are not designed into successive generations of new or existing customers’ products. Our failure to 
develop and introduce new products successfully could harm our business and operating results.

In addition, difficulties associated with adapting our technology and product design to the proprietary 
process technology and design rules of outside foundries can lead to reduced yields of our products. Since 
low yields may result from either design or process technology failures, yield problems may not be effectively 
determined or resolved until an actual product exists that can be analyzed and tested to identify process 
sensitivities relating to the design rules that are used. As a result, yield problems may not be identified until 
well into the production process, and resolution of yield problems may require cooperation between us and 
our manufacturer. This risk could be compounded by the offshore location of certain of our manufacturers, 
increasing the effort and time required to identify, communicate and resolve manufacturing yield problems. 
Manufacturing defects that we do not discover during the manufacturing or testing process may lead to costly 
product recalls. These risks may lead to increased costs or delayed product delivery, which would harm our 
profitability and customer relationships.

Page 9 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 10

OPERATOR PM8 

Shifts in industry-wide capacity and our practice of ordering and purchasing our products based on sales 
forecasts may result in significant fluctuations in inventory and our quarterly and annual operating results.

We rely on independent foundries and assembly and test houses to manufacture our products. Our reliance 

on these third party suppliers involves certain risks and uncertainties. For example, shifts in industry-wide 
capacity from shortages to oversupply, or from oversupply to shortages, may result in significant fluctuations 
in our quarterly and annual operating results. In addition, we may order wafers and build inventory in advance 
of receiving purchase orders from our customers. Because our industry is highly cyclical and is subject to 
significant downturns resulting from excess capacity, overproduction, reduced demand, order cancellations, or 
technological obsolescence, there is a risk that we will forecast inaccurately and produce excess inventories of 
particular products. In addition, if we experience supply constraints or manufacturing problems at a particular 
supplier, we could be required to switch suppliers or qualify additional suppliers. Switching and/or qualifying 
additional suppliers could be an expensive process and take as long as six to twelve months to complete, which 
could result in material adverse fluctuations to our operating results.

We generally order our products through non-cancelable purchase orders from third-party foundries based 

on our sales forecasts, and our customers can generally cancel or reschedule orders they place with us without 
significant penalties. If we do not receive orders as anticipated by our forecasts, or our customers cancel orders 
that are placed, we may experience increased inventory levels.

Due to the product manufacturing cycle characteristic of IC manufacturing and the inherent imprecision 

in the accuracy of our customers’ forecasts, product inventories may not always correspond to product demand, 
leading to shortages or surpluses of certain products. As a result of such inventory imbalances, future inventory 
write-downs and charges to gross margin may occur due to lower of cost or market accounting, excess 
inventory, and inventory obsolescence. The risks associated with building excess inventory levels may increase 
during a significant production ramp along the lines of the ramp the Company anticipates in fiscal year 2013.

In general, our customers may cancel or reschedule orders on short notice without incurring significant 
penalties; therefore, our sales and operating results in any quarter are difficult to forecast.

In general, we rely on customers issuing purchases order to buy our products rather than long-term supply 

contracts. Customers may cancel or reschedule orders on short notice without incurring significant penalties. 
Therefore, cancellations, reductions, or delays of orders from any significant customer could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, a significant portion of our sales and earnings in any quarter depends upon customer orders 

for our products that we receive and fulfill in that quarter. Because our expense levels are based in part on 
our expectations as to future revenue and to a large extent are fixed in the short term, we likely will be unable 
to adjust spending on a timely basis to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in sales. Accordingly, any 
significant shortfall of sales in relation to our expectations could hurt our operating results.

Our sales could be materially impacted by the failure of other component suppliers to deliver required parts 
needed in the final assembly of our customer’s end products.

The products we supply our customers are typically a portion of the many components provided from 
multiple suppliers in order to complete the final assembly of an end product. If one or more of these other 
component suppliers are unable to deliver their required component(s) in order for the final product to be 
assembled, our customer may delay, or ultimately cancel, their orders from us. 

Page 10 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 11

OPERATOR PM8 

We are dependent on third-party manufacturing and supply relationships for the majority of our products. 
Our reliance on third-party foundries and suppliers involves certain risks that may result in increased costs, 
delays in meeting our customers’ demand, and loss of revenue.

We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and do not have the resources to manufacture 
the majority of our products internally. We depend upon third parties to manufacture, assemble, package and test 
the majority of our products. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with these third parties, including:

▪	

▪	

▪	

insufficient	capacity	available	to	meet	our	demand;

inadequate	manufacturing	yields	and	excessive	costs;

inability	of	these	third	parties	to	obtain	an	adequate	supply	of	raw	materials;

▪	 difficulties	selecting	and	integrating	new	subcontractors;

▪	

limited	warranties	on	products	supplied	to	us;

▪	 potential	increases	in	prices;	and

▪	

increased	exposure	to	potential	misappropriation	of	our	intellectual	property.

Our outside foundries and assembly and test suppliers generally manufacture our products on a purchase 

order basis, and we have few long-term supply arrangements with these suppliers. Therefore, our third party 
manufacturers and suppliers are not obligated to supply us with products for any specific period of time, 
quantity, or price, except as may be provided in any particular purchase order or in relation to an existing supply 
agreement. A manufacturing or supply disruption experienced by one or more of our outside suppliers or a 
disruption of our relationship with an outside foundry could negatively impact the production of certain of our 
products for a substantial period of time.

In addition, difficulties associated with adapting our technology and product design to the proprietary 
process technology and design rules of outside foundries can lead to reduced yields of our products. Since 
low yields may result from either design or process technology failures, yield problems may not be effectively 
determined or resolved until an actual product exists that can be analyzed and tested to identify process 
sensitivities relating to the design rules that are used. As a result, yield problems may not be identified until 
well into the production process, and resolution of yield problems may require cooperation between us and 
our manufacturer. This risk could be compounded by the offshore location of certain of our manufacturers, 
increasing the effort and time required to identify, communicate and resolve manufacturing yield problems. 
Manufacturing defects that we do not discover during the manufacturing or testing process may lead to costly 
product recalls. These risks may lead to increased costs or delayed product delivery, which would harm our 
profitability and customer relationships.

In some cases, our requirements may represent a small portion of the total production of the third-party 

suppliers. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a producer will cease production of an older or lower-
volume process that it uses to produce our parts. We cannot assure you that our external foundries will continue 
to devote resources to the production of parts for our products or continue to advance the process design 
technologies on which the manufacturing of our products are based. Each of these events could increase our 
costs, lower our gross margin, cause us to hold more inventories, or materially impact our ability to deliver our 
products on time.

Because we depend on subcontractors internationally to perform key manufacturing functions for us, we 
are subject to political, economic, and natural disaster risks that could disrupt the fabrication, assembly, 
packaging, or testing of our products.

We depend on third-party subcontractors, primarily in Asia, for the fabrication, assembly, packaging, and 
testing of most of our products. International operations may be subject to a variety of risks, including political 
instability, global health conditions, currency controls, exchange rate fluctuations, changes in import/export 
regulations, tariff and freight rates, as well as the risks of natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, and floods. 
Although we seek to reduce our dependence on any one subcontractor, this concentration of subcontractors and 
manufacturing operations in Asia subjects us to the risks of conducting business internationally, including associated

Page 11 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 12

OPERATOR PM8 

political and economic conditions. If we experience manufacturing problems at a particular location, or a 
supplier is unable to continue operating due to financial difficulties, natural disasters, or other reasons, we 
would be required to transfer manufacturing to a backup supplier. Converting or transferring manufacturing 
from a primary supplier to a backup facility could be expensive and time consuming. As a result, delays in our 
production or shipping by the parties to whom we outsource these functions could reduce our sales, damage our 
customer relationships, and damage our reputation in the marketplace, any of which could harm our business, 
results of operations, and financial condition.

Our products are complex and could contain defects, which could result in material costs to us.

Product development in the markets we serve is becoming more focused on the integration of multiple 

functions on individual devices. There is a general trend towards increasingly complex products. The greater 
integration of functions and complexity of operations of our products increases the risk that we or our customers 
or end users could discover latent defects or subtle faults after volumes of product have been shipped. This could 
result in material costs to us, including, but not limited to:

▪	 reduced	margins;

▪	 damage	to	our	reputation;

▪	 a	material	recall	and	replacement	costs	for	product	warranty	and	support;

▪	 payments	to	our	customer	related	to	the	recall	claims	as	a	result	of	various	industry	or	business	

practices, contractual requirements, or in order to maintain good customer relationships;

▪	 an	adverse	impact	to	our	customer	relationships	by	the	occurrence	of	significant	defects;

▪	 a	delay	in	recognition	or	loss	of	revenues,	loss	of	market	share,	or	failure	to	achieve	market	

acceptance; and

▪	 a	diversion	of	the	attention	of	our	engineering	personnel	from	our	product	development	efforts.

In addition, any defects or other problems with our products could result in financial losses or other 
damages to our customers who could seek damages from us for their losses. A product liability or warranty 
claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend. In 
particular, the sale of systems and components that are incorporated into certain applications for the automotive 
industry involves a high degree of risk that such claims may be made.

While we believe that we are reasonably insured against some of these risks and that we have attempted 

to contractually limit our financial exposure with many of our customers, a warranty or product liability claim 
against us in excess of our available insurance coverage and established reserves, or a requirement that we 
participate in a customer product recall, would have adverse effects (that could be material) on our business, 
results of operations, and financial condition.

Costs related to product defects and errata may harm our results of operations and business.

Costs associated with unexpected product defects and errata (deviations from published specifications) due 

to, for example, unanticipated problems in our design and manufacturing processes, could include:

▪	 writing	off	the	value	of	inventory	of	such	products;

▪	 disposing	of	products	that	cannot	be	fixed;

▪	 recalling	such	products	that	have	been	shipped	to	customers;

▪	 providing	product	replacements	for,	or	modifications	to,	such	products;	and

▪	 defending	against	litigation	related	to	such	products.

These costs could be substantial and may increase our expenses and lower our profitability. In addition, our 
reputation with our customers or users of our products could be damaged as a result of such product defects and 
errata, and the demand for our products could be reduced. The announcement of product defects and/or errata could 

Page 12 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 13

OPERATOR PM8 

cause customers to purchase products from our competitors as a result of anticipated shortages of our 
components or for other reasons. These factors could harm our financial results and the prospects for 
our business.

As we carry only limited insurance coverage, any incurred liability resulting from uncovered claims could 
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our insurance policies may not be adequate to fully offset losses from covered incidents, and we do not 
have coverage for certain losses. For example, there is limited coverage available with respect to the services 
provided by our third party foundries and assembly and test subcontractors. Although we believe that our 
existing insurance coverage is consistent with common practices of companies in our industry, our insurance 
coverage may be inadequate to protect us against product recalls, natural disasters, and other unforeseen 
catastrophes that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We have historically experienced fluctuations in our operating results and expect these fluctuations to 
continue in future periods.

Our quarterly and annual operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could materially 

and adversely affect our net sales, gross margin, and operating results. If our operating results fall below 
expectations of market analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. 
We are subject to business cycles and it is difficult to predict the timing, length, or volatility of these cycles. 
These business cycles may create pressure on our sales, gross margin, and/or operating results.

Factors that could cause fluctuations and materially and adversely affect our net sales, gross margin and 

operating results include, but are not limited to:

▪	

the	volume	and	timing	of	orders	received;

▪	 changes	in	the	mix	of	our	products	sold;

▪	 market	acceptance	of	our	products	and	the	products	of	our	customers;

▪	 excess	or	obsolete	inventory;

▪	 competitive	pricing	pressures;

▪	 our	ability	to	introduce	new	products	on	a	timely	basis;

▪	

▪	

the	timing	and	extent	of	our	research	and	development	expenses;

the	failure	to	anticipate	changing	customer	product	requirements;

▪	 disruption	in	the	supply	of	wafers,	assembly,	or	test	services;

▪	 reduction	of	manufacturing	yields;

▪	 certain	production	and	other	risks	associated	with	using	independent	manufacturers,	assembly	houses,	

and testers; and

▪	 product	obsolescence,	price	erosion,	competitive	developments,	and	other	competitive	factors.

We may be adversely impacted by current global economic conditions. As a result, our financial results and 
the market price of our common shares may decline.

Current global economic conditions could make it difficult for our customers, our suppliers, and us to 
accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause global businesses to defer or reduce 
spending on our products, or increase the costs of manufacturing our products. During challenging economic 
times our customers and distributors may face issues gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could 
impact their ability to make timely payments to us. If that were to occur, we may be required to increase our 
allowance for doubtful accounts and our days sales outstanding would increase.

Page 13 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 14

OPERATOR PM8 

We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown or subsequent economic 
recovery. If the economy or markets in which we operate were to deteriorate, our business, financial condition, 
and results of operations will likely be materially and/or adversely affected.

Our results may be affected by the fluctuation in sales in the consumer entertainment market.

Because we sell products in the consumer entertainment market, we are likely to be affected by seasonality 

in the sales of our products. Further, a decline in consumer confidence and consumer spending relating to 
economic conditions, terrorist attacks, armed conflicts, oil prices, global health conditions, natural disasters, 
and/or the political stability of countries that we operate in or sell into could have a material adverse effect on 
our business.

Our products may be subject to average selling prices that decline over short time periods. If we are unable 
to increase our volumes, introduce new or enhanced products with higher selling prices, or reduce our costs, 
our business and operating results could be harmed.

Historically in the semiconductor industry, average selling prices of products have decreased over time. 

If the average selling price of any of our products decline and we are unable to increase our unit volumes, 
introduce new or enhanced products with higher margins, and/or reduce manufacturing costs to offset 
anticipated decreases in the prices of our existing products, our operating results may be adversely affected. 
In addition, because of procurement lead times, we are limited in our ability to reduce total costs quickly in 
response to any sales shortfalls. Because of these factors, we may experience material adverse fluctuations in 
our future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis.

We have significant international sales, and risks associated with these sales could harm our operating results.

Export sales, principally to Asia, include sales to U.S-based customers with overseas manufacturing plants 
or manufacturing sub-contractors. These export sales represented 88 percent, 82 percent, and 79 percent of our 
net sales in fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. We expect export sales to continue to represent a 
significant portion of product sales. This reliance on international sales subjects us to the risks of conducting 
business internationally, including risks associated with political and economic instability, global health 
conditions, currency controls, exchange rate fluctuations and changes in import/export regulations, tariff and 
freight rates, as well as the risks of natural disaster, especially in Asia. For example, the political or economic 
instability in a given region may have an adverse impact on the financial position of end users in the region, 
which could affect future orders and harm our results of operations. Our international sales operations involve a 
number of other risks including, but not limited to:

▪	 unexpected	changes	in	government	regulatory	requirements;

▪	 changes	to	countries’	banking	and	credit	requirements;

▪	 changes	in	diplomatic	and	trade	relationships;

▪	 delays	resulting	from	difficulty	in	obtaining	export	licenses	for	technology;

▪	

tariffs	and	other	barriers	and	restrictions;

▪	 competition	with	non-U.S.	companies	or	other	domestic	companies	entering	the	non-U.S.	markets	in	

which we operate;

▪	

longer	sales	and	payment	cycles;

▪	 problems	in	collecting	accounts	receivable;	and

▪	

the	burdens	of	complying	with	a	variety	of	non-U.S.	laws.

In addition, our competitive position may be affected by the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar against other 
currencies. Consequently, increases in the value of the dollar would increase the price in local currencies of our 
products in non-U.S. markets and make our products relatively more expensive. Alternatively, decreases in the 

Page 14 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 15

OPERATOR PM8 

value of the dollar will increase the relative cost of operations that are based overseas. We cannot provide 
assurances that regulatory, political and other factors will not adversely affect our operations in the future or 
require us to modify our current business practices.

We are subject to the export control regulations of the U.S. Department of State and the Department of 
Commerce. A violation of these export control regulations could have a material adverse effect on our 
business or our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.

The nature of our international business, and in particular, the manufacture and sale of certain products 

from our Apex Precision Power Product line, subjects us to the export control regulations of the U.S. 
Department of State and the Department of Commerce. If these export control regulations are violated, it could 
result in monetary penalties and denial of export privileges. The U.S. government is very strict with respect to 
compliance and has served notice generally that failure to comply with these regulations may subject violators 
to fines and/or imprisonment. Although we are not aware of any material violation of any export control 
regulations, a failure to comply with any of the above mentioned regulations could have a material adverse effect 
on our business.

Our international operations subject our business to additional political and economic risks that could have 
an adverse impact on our business.

In addition to export sales constituting a large portion of our net sales, we maintain international 

operations, sales, and technical support personnel. International expansion has required, and will continue to 
require, significant management attention and resources. There are risks inherent in expanding our presence 
into non-U.S. regions, including, but not limited to:

▪	 difficulties	in	staffing	and	managing	non-U.S.	operations;

▪	 failure	of	non-U.S.	laws	to	adequately	protect	our	U.S.	intellectual	property,	patent,	trademarks,	

copyrights know-how and other proprietary rights;

▪	 global	health	conditions	and	potential	natural	disasters;

▪	 political	and	economic	instability	in	international	regions;

▪	

international	currency	controls	and	exchange	rate	fluctuations;

▪	 vulnerability	to	terrorist	groups	targeting	American	interests	abroad;	and

▪	

legal	uncertainty	regarding	liability	and	compliance	with	non-U.S.	laws	and	regulatory	requirements.

If we are unable to successfully manage the demands of our international operations, it may have a material 

adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Our failure to manage our distribution channel relationships could adversely affect our business.

The future of our business, as well as the future growth of our business, will depend in part on our ability 

to manage our relationships with current and future distributors and external sales representatives and to 
develop additional channels for the distribution and sale of our products. The inability to successfully manage 
these relationships could adversely affect our business.

Strong competition in the semiconductor market may harm our business.

The IC industry is intensely competitive and is frequently characterized by rapid technological change, 
price erosion, technological obsolescence, and a push towards IC component integration. Because of shortened 
product life cycles and even shorter design-in cycles in a number of the markets that we serve, our competitors 
have increasingly frequent opportunities to achieve design wins in next-generation systems. In the event that 
competitors succeed in supplanting our products, our market share may not be sustainable and our net sales, 
gross margin and operating results would be adversely affected. Additionally, further component integration 
could eliminate the need for our products.

Page 15 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 16

OPERATOR PM8 

We compete in a number of fragmented markets. Our principal competitors in these markets include 
AKM Semiconductor Inc., Analog Devices Inc., Austriamicrosystems AG, Dialog Semiconductor, Freescale 
Semiconductor Inc., Integrated Device Technology Inc., iWatt Inc., Infineon Technologies AG, Linear 
Technologies Corporation, Maxim Integrated Products Inc., NXP Semiconductors N.V., ON Semiconductor 
Corporation, Power Integrations Inc., Realtek Semiconductor Corporation, ST Microelectronics N.V., Texas 
Instruments, Inc., and Wolfson Microelectronics plc. Many of these competitors have greater financial, 
engineering, manufacturing, marketing, technical, distribution, and other resources; broader product lines; 
broader intellectual property portfolios; and longer relationships with customers. We also expect intensified 
competition from emerging companies and from customers who develop their own IC products. In addition, 
some of our current and future competitors maintain their own fabrication facilities, which could benefit them in 
connection with cost, capacity, and technical issues.

Increased competition could adversely affect our business. We cannot provide assurances that we will be 
able to compete successfully in the future or that competitive pressures will not adversely affect our financial 
condition and results of operations. Competitive pressures could reduce market acceptance of our products 
and result in price reductions and increases in expenses that could adversely affect our business and our 
financial condition.

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents and to preserve our other intellectual property 

rights covering our products. We seek patent protection for those inventions and technologies for which we 
believe such protection is suitable and is likely to provide a competitive advantage to us. We also rely on trade 
secrets, proprietary technology, non-disclosure and other contractual terms, and technical measures to protect 
our technology and manufacturing knowledge. We work actively to foster continuing technological innovation 
to maintain and protect our competitive position. We cannot provide assurances that steps taken by us to protect 
our intellectual property will be adequate, that our competitors will not independently develop or design around 
our patents, or that our intellectual property will not be misappropriated. In addition, the laws of some non-U.S. 
countries may not protect our intellectual property as well as the laws of the United States.

Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial 
condition. Policing infringement of our technology is difficult, and litigation may be necessary in the future to 
enforce our intellectual property rights. Any such litigation could be expensive, take significant time, and divert 
management’s attention from other business concerns.

Potential intellectual property claims and litigation could subject us to significant liability for damages and 
could invalidate our proprietary rights.

The IC industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property 
rights. We may find it necessary to initiate a lawsuit to assert our patent or other intellectual property rights. 
These legal proceedings could be expensive, take significant time, and divert management’s attention from other 
business concerns. We cannot provide assurances that we will ultimately be successful in any lawsuit, nor can 
we provide assurances that any patent owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. We 
cannot provide assurances that rights granted under our patents will provide competitive advantages to us, or 
that any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the claims sought by us, if 
at all.

As is typical in the IC industry, we and our customers have, from time to time, received and may in the 
future receive, communications from third parties asserting patents, mask work rights, or copyrights. In the event 
third parties were to make a valid intellectual property claim and a license was not available on commercially 
reasonable terms, our operating results could be harmed. Litigation, which could result in substantial cost to us 
and diversion of our management, technical and financial resources, may also be necessary to defend us against 
claimed infringement of the rights of others. An unfavorable outcome in any such suit could have an adverse 
effect on our future operations and/or liquidity.

Page 16 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 17

OPERATOR PM8 

If we fail to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, we may not be able to develop, market, or sell our 
products or successfully manage our business.

Competition for highly qualified personnel in our industry is intense. The number of technology companies 

in the geographic areas in which we operate is greater than it has been historically and we expect competition 
for qualified personnel to intensify. There are only a limited number of individuals in the job market with the 
requisite skills. Our Human Resources organization focuses significant efforts on attracting and retaining 
individuals in key technology positions. The loss of the services of key personnel or our inability to hire new 
personnel with the requisite skills could restrict our ability to develop new products or enhance existing products 
in a timely manner, sell products to our customers, or manage our business effectively.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which may create additional risks associated with our 
ability to successfully integrate them into our business.

We continue to consider future acquisitions of other companies, or their technologies or products, to 
improve our market position, broaden our technological capabilities, and expand our product offerings. If we 
are able to acquire companies, products or technologies that would enhance our business, we could experience 
difficulties in integrating them. Integrating acquired businesses involves a number of risks, including, but not 
limited to:

▪	

the	potential	disruption	of	our	ongoing	business;

▪	 unexpected	costs	or	incurring	unknown	liabilities;

▪	

▪	

the	diversion	of	management	resources	from	other	strategic	and	operational	issues;

the	inability	to	retain	the	employees	of	the	acquired	businesses;

▪	 difficulties	relating	to	integrating	the	operations	and	personnel	of	the	acquired	businesses;

▪	 adverse	effects	on	the	existing	customer	relationships	of	acquired	companies;

▪	

the	potential	incompatibility	of	business	cultures;

▪	 adverse	effects	associated	with	entering	into	markets	and	acquiring	technologies	in	areas	in	which	we	

have little experience; and

▪	 acquired	intangible	assets	becoming	impaired	as	a	result	of	technological	advancements,	or	worse-than-

expected performance of the acquired company.

If we are unable to successfully address any of these risks, our business could be harmed.

We may not be able to borrow funds under our credit facility or secure future financing.

On April 19, 2012, we entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, 

National Association, as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender, Barclays Bank, as Syndication Agent, Wells 
Fargo Securities, LLC and Barclays Capital, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Managers, and the lenders 
referred to therein (the “Lenders”). The Credit Agreement provides for a $100 million unsecured revolving credit 
facility (the “Credit Facility”) with a $15 million letter of credit sublimit. We view this Credit Facility as a source 
of available liquidity to fund fluctuations in our working capital requirements. For example, if we experience 
an increase in order activity from our customers, our cash balance may decrease due to the need to purchase 
inventories to fulfill those orders. If this occurs, we may need to draw on this facility. This facility contains 
various conditions, covenants and representations with which we must be in compliance in order to borrow 
funds. We cannot assure that we will be in compliance with these conditions, covenants and representations in 
the future when we may need to borrow funds under this facility. In addition, this facility expires on April 18, 
2013, after which time we may need to secure new financing to continue funding fluctuations in our working 
capital requirements. We cannot assure that we will be able to secure new financing, or financing on terms that 
are acceptable to us.

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and  

operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory, 
and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating results are not sufficient to service our 

Page 17 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 18

OPERATOR PM8 

future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying business activities, 
acquisitions, investments, and/or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our 
indebtedness, or seeking additional equity capital or bankruptcy protection. We may not be able to effect any of 
these remedies on satisfactory terms or at all.

Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in the valuation allowance on our deferred 
tax assets.

The Company has a significant amount of deferred tax assets. Our ability to recognize these deferred 
tax assets is dependent upon our ability to determine whether it is more likely than not that we will be able 
to realize, or actually use, these deferred tax assets. That determination depends primarily on our ability to 
generate future U.S. taxable income. Our judgments regarding future profitability may change due to future 
market conditions, changes in U.S. or international tax laws and other factors. These changes, if any, may 
require possible material adjustments to the net deferred tax asset and an accompanying reduction or increase 
in net income in the period in which such determinations are made.

Our stock price has been and is likely to continue to be volatile.

The market price of our common stock fluctuates significantly. This fluctuation has been or may be the 

result of numerous factors, including, but not limited to:

▪	 actual	or	anticipated	fluctuations	in	our	operating	results;

▪	 announcements	concerning	our	business	or	those	of	our	competitors,	customers,	or	suppliers;

▪	

loss	of	a	significant	customer,	or	customers;

▪	 changes	in	financial	estimates	by	securities	analysts	or	our	failure	to	perform	as	anticipated	by	

the analysts;

▪	 news,	commentary,	and	rumors	emanating	from	the	media	relating	to	us,	our	customers,	or	the	industry.	
These reports may be unrelated to the actual operating performance of the Company, and in some cases, 
may be potentially misleading or incorrect;

▪	 announcements	regarding	technological	innovations	or	new	products	by	us	or	our	competitors;

▪	 announcements	by	us	of	significant	acquisitions,	strategic	partnerships,	joint	ventures,	or	

capital commitments;

▪	 announcements	by	us	of	significant	divestitures	or	sale	of	certain	assets	or	intellectual	property;

▪	

litigation	arising	out	of	a	wide	variety	of	matters,	including,	among	others,	employment	matters	and	
intellectual property matters;

▪	 departure	of	key	personnel;

▪	 single	significant	stockholders	selling	for	any	reason;

▪	 general	conditions	in	the	IC	industry;	and

▪	 general	market	conditions	and	interest	rates.

We have provisions in our Certification of Incorporation and Bylaws, and are subject to certain provisions 
of Delaware law, which could prevent, delay or impede a change of control of our company. These provisions 
could affect the market price of our stock.

Certain provisions of Delaware law and of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws could make it 
more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if our stockholders support the acquisition. These provisions 
include, but are not limited to:

▪	

the	inability	of	stockholders	to	call	a	special	meeting	of	stockholders;

▪	 a	prohibition	on	stockholder	action	by	written	consent;	and

Page 18 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 19

OPERATOR PM8 

▪	 a	requirement	that	stockholders	provide	advance	notice	of	any	stockholder	nominations	of	directors	or	

any proposal of new business to be considered at any meeting of stockholders.

We are also subject to the anti-takeover laws of Delaware that may prevent, delay or impede a third party 

from acquiring or merging with us, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We are subject to the risks of owning real property.

We are nearing completion of construction of our U.S. headquarters in Austin, Texas, and we own our 
facility in Tucson, Arizona. The ownership of our U.S. headquarters, along with the ownership of our facility in 
Tucson, subject us to the risks of owning real property, which may include:

▪	

the	possibility	of	environmental	contamination	and	the	costs	associated	with	correcting	any	
environmental problems;

▪	 adverse	changes	in	the	value	of	these	properties,	due	to	interest	rate	changes,	changes	in	the	

neighborhood in which the property is located, or other factors;

▪	

▪	

increased	cash	commitments	for	constructing	a	new	building	in	Austin,	Texas,	or	improving	the	current	
building and property in Tucson, Arizona; and

the	risk	of	financial	loss	in	excess	of	amounts	covered	by	insurance,	or	uninsured	risks,	such	as	the	loss	
caused by damage to the buildings as a result of fire, floods, or other natural disasters.

ITEM 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 2.  Properties

As of May 1, 2012, our principal leased facilities, located in Austin, Texas, consisted of approximately 
214,000 square feet of office space. This leased space includes our headquarters and engineering facility, which 
has 197,000 square feet, of which we have subleased approximately 15,000 square feet. Our principal leased 
facilities in Austin, Texas also include 17,000 square feet of leased space at our failure analysis facility with 
lease terms that extend into calendar year 2013. Both the lease and subleases at our current headquarters and 
engineering facility have terms ending in August 2012. In lieu of renewing this lease and its subleases, we will 
be moving the Austin employees staffed there into the Company’s new corporate headquarters in Austin, Texas. 
We anticipate completing the construction of this facility in the summer of 2012. The new headquarters facility 
will consist of approximately 135,000 square feet of office space and will primarily be occupied by research and 
development personnel. With the sharp increase in staffing levels following construction commencement, it was 
necessary to obtain additional office space to fulfill these needs. The Company purchased an adjacent property in 
May 2011 and, in February 2012, entered into a lease agreement for nearby office space. The purchased property 
consists of about 16,000 square feet of space, 7,000 square feet of which is currently subleased through November 
2014. We expect to staff this facility with a mixture of administrative personnel, research and development 
personnel, and testing equipment once the current subleases expire and renovations are complete. The leased 
property consists of approximately 30,000 square feet. We expect the five year lease term to commence on our 
anticipated arrival date beginning June 2012. This facility will primarily be occupied by administrative personnel.

Our operations in Tucson, Arizona are supported by two facilities, which house the employees who design, 

manufacture, and sell our Apex brand of products. The first facility is a 56,000 square foot building owned 
by the Company which includes an assembly facility as well as engineering and administrative personnel that 
supports the manufacture and sale of our Apex brand of products. The second facility is 28,000 square feet 
of leased office space primarily occupied by engineering personnel. The term of this lease extends through 
May 2015.

Page 19 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 20

OPERATOR PM8 

Below is a detailed schedule that identifies our occupied leased and owned property locations as of May 1, 

2012, with various lease terms through fiscal year 2015:

Design Centers

Austin, Texas
Tucson, Arizona

Sales Support Offices – USA

Sales Support Offices – International

Burlington, Massachusetts

Hong Kong, China
Shanghai, China
Shenzhen, China
Tokyo, Japan
Singapore
Seoul, South Korea
Taipei, Taiwan
Buckinghamshire, United Kingdom

See Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained 

in Item 8 for further detail.

ITEM 3.  Legal Proceedings

As of the balance sheet date, to the best of our knowledge, the Company is not a party to any material 
pending litigation. From time to time, various claims, charges and litigation are asserted or commenced against 
us arising from, or related to, contractual matters, intellectual property, employment disputes, as well as other 
issues. Frequent claims and litigation involving these types of issues are not uncommon in our industry. As to 
any of these potential claims or litigation, we cannot predict the ultimate outcome with certainty.

ITEM 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Page 20 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 21

OPERATOR PM8 

PART II

ITEM 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities

Our Common Stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol CRUS. The 
following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high and low intra-day sales prices for our Common Stock.

Fiscal year ended March 31, 2012

First quarter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second quarter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal year ended March 26, 2011

First quarter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second quarter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High 

Low 

$21.96
18.51
18.35
24.85

$18.85
21.20
19.07
25.48

$13.13
12.52
13.40
15.69

$ 7.86
14.55
12.39
15.86

As of May 29, 2012, there were approximately 710 holders of record of our Common Stock.

We have not paid cash dividends on our Common Stock and currently intend to continue a policy of 

retaining any earnings for reinvestment in our business.

The information under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 2012 Proxy Statement 

is incorporated herein by reference.

Stock Price Performance Graph

The following graph and table show a comparison of the five-year cumulative total stockholder return, 
calculated on a dividend reinvestment basis, for Cirrus Logic, the S&P 500 Composite Index (the “S&P 500”), 
and the Semiconductor Subgroup of the S&P Electronics Index (the “S&P Semiconductors Index”).

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
on March 31, 2007

Cirrus Logic

S&P 500 Index - Total Returns

S&P 500 Semiconductors Index

S
R
A
L
L
O
D

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

3/31/2007

3/29/2008

3/28/2009

3/27/2010

3/26/2011

3/31/2012

Page 21 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 22

OPERATOR PM8 

Cirrus Logic, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S&P 500 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S&P 500 Semiconductors Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.00
100.00
100.00

86.55
94.38
93.62

52.22
60.10
69.29

103.00
87.78
105.35

276.24
100.83
117.51

310.70
110.48
135.18

3/31/07

3/29/08

3/28/09

3/27/10

3/26/11

3/31/12

(1)  The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and in each index at the market close 
on March 31, 2007, and that all dividends were reinvested. No cash dividends were declared on our 
common stock during the periods presented.

(2)  Stockholder returns over the indicated period should not be considered indicative of future stockholder 

returns.

The information in this Form 10-K appearing under the heading “Stock Price Performance Graph” is being 

“furnished” pursuant to Item 2.01(e) of Regulation S-K under the securities Act of 1933, as amended, and shall 
not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to 
Regulation 14A or 14C, other than as provided in Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, or to the liabilities of Section 18 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

ITEM 6.  Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The information contained below should be read along with Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts).

Net sales  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net Income (loss)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic earnings (loss) per share   . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings (loss) per share  . . . . . . . . . .
Financial position at year end:
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted 
investments and marketable 
securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2012

(1)

2011

(1)

$426,843
87,983
1.35
1.29

$
$

$369,571
203,503
3.00
2.82

$
$

Fiscal Years
2010

(1)

$220,989
38,398
0.59
0.59

$
$

2009

 (2)

$174,642
3,475
0.05
0.05

$
$

2008

(3)

$181,885
(5,846)
(0.07)
(0.07)

$
$

$184,788
544,462
278,602
5,620
$465,857

$215,055
496,621
267,416
6,188
$438,379

$141,626
267,610
142,965
7,119
$218,601

$120,232
207,004
126,908
8,328
$172,928

$187,498
298,306
194,665
9,381
$240,935

1)  Refer to the consolidated financial statements and the Notes thereto contained in Item 8 of this Form 

10-K for fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010 for an expanded discussion of factors that materially affect the 
comparability of the information reflected in the selected consolidated financial data presented above.

2)  The reduction in cash, cash equivalents, restricted investments, and marketable securities, as well as 
total stockholders’ equity, in fiscal year 2009 was primarily attributable to the completion of a $150 
million stock repurchase program, which commenced in late fiscal year 2008 and was completed in 
fiscal year 2009.

3)  Net income in fiscal year 2008 was unfavorably impacted by a $10.5 million restructuring charge, 
a $4.6 million charge to increase the valuation allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets, a $4.5 
million increase in research and development expenses primarily attributable to the acquisition of 
Apex Microtechnology, a $3.7 million charge for an impairment of non-marketable securities, and 
a $1.8 million charge for acquired in-process research and development associated with the Apex 
Microtechnology acquisition.

Page 22 of 67

 
 
 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 23

OPERATOR PM8 

ITEM 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our audited historical consolidated financial 

statements and notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains statements that are forward-looking. These 
statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risk, uncertainties and other 
factors. Actual results could differ materially because of the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” 
of this Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are based upon 
the consolidated financial statements included in this report, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make 
estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts. We evaluate the estimates on an on-going basis. We 
base these estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable 
under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies involve significant judgments and estimates that are 

used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements:

▪	 For	purposes	of	determining	the	variables	used	in	the	calculation	of	stock	compensation	expense	for	

stock options, we perform an analysis of current market data and historical company data to calculate 
an estimate of implied volatility, the expected term of the option, and the expected forfeiture rate. With 
the exception of the expected forfeiture rate, which is not an input, we use these estimates as variables 
in the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Depending upon the number of stock options granted, any 
fluctuations in these calculations could have a material effect on the results presented in our Consolidated 
Statement of Operations. In addition, any differences between estimated forfeitures and actual forfeitures 
could also have a material impact on our financial statements. See Note 8 – Equity Compensation of the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

▪	 We	recognize	revenue	when	all	of	the	following	criteria	are	met:	persuasive	evidence	that	an	arrangement	

exists, delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is 
reasonably assured. We evaluate our distributor arrangements, on a distributor by distributor basis, with 
respect to each of the four criteria above. For a majority of our distributor arrangements, we provide 
rights of price protection and stock rotation. As a result, revenue is deferred at the time of shipment to 
our domestic distributors and certain international distributors due to the determination that the ultimate 
sales price to the distributor is not fixed or determinable. Once the distributor has resold the product, and 
our final sales price is fixed or determinable, we recognize revenue for the final sales price and record the 
related costs of sales. For certain of our smaller international distributors, we do not grant price protection 
rights and provide minimal stock rotation rights. For these distributors, revenue is recognized upon delivery 
to the distributor, less an allowance for estimated returns, as the revenue recognition criteria have been met 
upon shipment.

  Further, the Company defers the associated cost of goods sold on our consolidated balance sheet, net within 
the deferred income caption. The Company routinely evaluates the products held by our distributors for 
impairment to the extent such products may be returned by the distributor within these limited rights and 
such products would be considered excess or obsolete if included within our own inventory. Products 
returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the Company.

▪	 We	provide	for	the	recognition	of	deferred	tax	assets	if	realization	of	such	assets	is	more	likely	than	not.	The	

Company evaluates the ability to realize its deferred tax assets by using a three year forecast to determine the 
amount of net operating losses and other deferred tax assets that would be utilized if we achieved the results set 

Page 23 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 24

OPERATOR PM8 

forth in the three year forecast. The Company limited the forecast period to three years because of the 
cyclical and competitive nature of the semiconductor industry, and the Company’s reliance on a key 
customer who represented approximately 62 percent of total sales in fiscal year 2012. There can be no 
assurance that we will achieve the results set forth in our three year forecast and our actual results may 
differ materially from our forecast.

  We have provided a valuation allowance against a portion of our net U.S. deferred tax assets due to 
uncertainties regarding their realization. We evaluate our ability to realize our deferred tax assets 
basis by determining whether or not the anticipated future taxable income is expected to be sufficient 
to utilize the deferred tax assets that we have recognized. If our future income is not sufficient to 
utilize the deferred tax assets that we have recognized, we increase the valuation allowance to the 
point at which all of the remaining recognized deferred tax assets will be utilized by the future taxable 
income. If our anticipated future taxable income is sufficient to conclude that additional deferred tax 
assets should be recognized, we decrease the valuation allowance. The calculation of our tax liabilities 
involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax rules and the potential for future 
adjustment of our uncertain tax positions by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing jurisdiction. 
If our estimates of these taxes are greater or less than actual results, an additional tax benefit or charge 
will result. See Note 14 – Income Taxes of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained 
in Item 8.

▪	 The	Company	evaluates	the	collectability	of	accounts	receivable.	We	maintain	allowances	for	doubtful	
accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability or failure of our customers to make required 
payments. We regularly evaluate our allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the age of the 
receivable, our ongoing customer relations, as well as any disputes with the customer. If the financial 
condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make 
payments, additional allowances may be required, which could have a material effect on our operating 
results and financial position. Additionally, we may maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for 
estimated losses on receivables from customers with whom we are involved in litigation. See Note 5 – 
Accounts Receivable, net of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

▪	 Inventories	are	recorded	at	the	lower	of	cost	or	market,	with	cost	being	determined	on	a	first-in,	first-

out basis. We write down inventories to net realizable value based on forecasted demand, management 
judgment, and the age of inventory. Actual demand and market conditions may be different from those 
projected by management, which could have a material effect on our operating results and financial 
position. See Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

▪	 We	evaluate	the	recoverability	of	property,	plant,	and	equipment	and	intangible	assets	by	testing	for	

impairment losses on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and 
the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets’ carrying 
amounts. An impairment loss is recognized in the event the carrying value of these assets exceeds the 
fair value of the applicable assets. Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of asset useful 
lives and future cash flows. Actual useful lives and cash flows could be different from those estimated 
by management, which could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. See 
Note 6 – Intangibles, net of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

▪	 The	Company	evaluates	goodwill	and	other	intangible	assets.	Goodwill	is	recorded	at	the	time	of	an	
acquisition and is calculated as the difference between the total consideration paid for an acquisition 
and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The Company tests goodwill for 
impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment 
exist. Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows. 
Significant management judgment is required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used 
in the evaluations. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect. If our 
actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analysis, are lower than the original 
estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we could incur additional impairment charges 
in a future period. There were no impairments of goodwill in fiscal years 2012, 2011, or 2010.

Page 24 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 25

OPERATOR PM8 

▪	 Our	available-for-sale	investments,	non-marketable	securities	and	other	investments	are	subject	to	a	

periodic impairment review. Investments are considered to be impaired when a decline in fair value is 
judged to be other-than-temporary. This determination requires significant judgment and actual results 
may be materially different than our estimate. Marketable securities are evaluated for impairment if 
the decline in fair value below cost basis is significant and/or has lasted for an extended period of time. 
Non-marketable securities or other investments are considered to be impaired when a decline in fair 
value is judged to be other-than-temporary. For investments accounted for using the cost method of 
accounting, we evaluate information (e.g., budgets, business plans, financial statements) in addition to 
quoted market prices, if any, in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. 
Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline include recurring operating losses, credit defaults, 
and subsequent rounds of financings at an amount below the cost basis of the investment. This list is 
not all inclusive and we weigh all quantitative and qualitative factors in determining if an other-than-
temporary decline in value of an investment has occurred. When a decline in value is deemed to be 
other-than-temporary, we recognize an impairment loss in the current period’s operating results to the 
extent of the decline. Actual values could be different from those estimated by management, which 
could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position. See Note 3 – Marketable 
Securities of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8.

We are subject to the possibility of loss contingencies for various legal matters. See Note 10 – Legal 
Matters of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8. We regularly evaluate current 
information available to us to determine whether any accruals should be made based on the status of the case, 
the results of the discovery process and other factors. If we ultimately determine that an accrual should be made 
for a legal matter, this accrual could have a material effect on our operating results and financial position and the 
ultimate outcome may be materially different than our estimate.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement 

(Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820) — Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value 
Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments in this ASU result 
in common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and international financial 
reporting standards (“IFRS”). The ASU provides for certain changes in current GAAP disclosure requirements, 
including the measurement of level 3 assets and measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in a 
reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity. The amendments in this ASU are to be applied prospectively, and are 
effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance 
is not anticipated to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220) — Presentation 

of Comprehensive Income. With this update, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive 
income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single 
continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, 
an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component 
of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for 
comprehensive income. Current U.S. GAAP allows reporting entities the option to present the components of 
other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity; this update eliminates 
that option. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively, and are effective for fiscal years, 
and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance will 
affect financial statement presentation only and therefore, will not have a material impact on our consolidated 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows. This ASU was further revised in ASU No. 2011-12, 
Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of 
Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update 
No. 2011-05 that was issued in December 2011. The adoption of this guidance is not anticipated to have a 
material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows, but will result in an 
additional statement of other comprehensive income.

Page 25 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 26

OPERATOR PM8 

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350 - 
Testing Goodwill for Impairment. Under the amendments in this Update, an entity has the option to first assess 
qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination 
that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity 
determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, 
then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then 
it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test and proceed as dictated in previous 
FASB guidance. Under the amendments in this Update, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative 
assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-
step goodwill impairment test. An entity may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent 
period. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not 
anticipated to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Overview

Cirrus Logic develops high-precision analog and mixed-signal ICs for a broad range of audio and energy 
markets. We track operating results in one reportable segment, but assess financial performance by product line, 
which currently are audio and energy product lines. In fiscal year 2012, the Company completed the $80 million 
stock repurchase program at an average of $15.51 per share that we began in 2011, continued to target growing 
markets that we were focused on in previous years and developed new winning designs. We also successfully 
launched our first LED controller within the energy product line in the current fiscal year focused on our new 
lighting initiative.

Fiscal Year 2012

Fiscal year 2012 net sales of $426.8 million represented a 15 percent increase, which is our target annual 
growth rate, over fiscal year 2011 net sales of $369.6 million. Audio product line sales of $350.7 million in fiscal 
year 2012 represented a 32 percent increase over fiscal year 2011 sales of $264.8 million and were primarily 
attributable to higher sales of portable audio products. Energy product line sales of $76.1 million in fiscal year 
2012 represented a 27 percent decrease from fiscal year 2011 sales of $104.7 million, and were attributable to 
decreased sales across product lines, primarily in the seismic product line.

In fiscal year 2012, we launched our first LED controller within our energy product line and continued 
our strategy of targeting growing markets, where we can showcase our expertise in analog and digital signal 
processing to solve challenging problems.

Overall gross margin of 54.0 percent for fiscal year 2012 remained strong, representing an approximate 14 

percent increase in gross profit over prior years. The Company achieved net income of $88.0 million in fiscal 
year 2012, which included a benefit for income taxes in the amount of $8.0 million upon realizing net deferred 
tax assets. Additionally, the Company’s number of employees grew to 676 in the current fiscal year, due to the 
increased demand for engineering talent for existing projects.

Fiscal Year 2011

The Company completed a $150 million stock repurchase program in fiscal year 2011 and continued our 
strategy of targeting and developing relationships with Tier 1 customers in growing markets, such as portable 
audio products, including smartphones; automobile audio amplifiers; and energy measurement and energy 
control. We built on our diverse analog and signal-processing patent portfolio by delivering highly optimized 
products for a variety of audio and energy-related applications. We dedicated substantial resources and 
investments towards portable audio products, but also invested in energy-related applications.

Fiscal year 2011 net sales of $369.6 million represented a 67 percent increase over fiscal year 2010 net sales 
of $221.0 million. Audio product line sales of $264.8 million in fiscal year 2011 represented a 72 percent increase 
over fiscal year 2010 sales of $153.7 million, and were primarily attributable to higher sales of portable audio 

Page 26 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 27

OPERATOR PM8 

and surround codec products. Energy product line sales of $104.7 million in fiscal year 2011 represented a 
56 percent increase over fiscal year 2010 sales of $67.3 million, and were primarily attributable to higher sales 
of seismic, power meter, and power amplification products.

Overall gross margin of 54.7 percent for fiscal year 2011 reflected an increase from fiscal year 2010 margin 
of 53.7 percent due to enhanced supply chain management and in particular to the sales of seismic, power meter, 
and power amplification products.

With expanding design win opportunities in both our audio and energy product lines, the Company 
continued to hire engineering talent, which resulted in an increase of 64 research and development employees, 
or 26 percent, as compared to the end of fiscal year 2010.

The Company achieved net income of $203.5 million in fiscal year 2011, which included a benefit for 
income taxes in the amount of $119.3 million as a result of the realization of an additional $120.0 million of net 
deferred tax assets. Finally, the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments balances as of March 26, 
2011, of $215.1 million reflects an increase of $73.5 million, or 52 percent, over the ending balances from the 
prior fiscal year.

Fiscal Year 2010

Fiscal year 2010 net sales of $221 million represented a 27 percent increase over fiscal year 2009 net sales 
of $174.6 million. Increased sales from our audio product line, in particular portable audio and surround codec 
products, were key drivers in the overall improvement in top-line revenues in fiscal year 2010 versus the prior 
fiscal year.

Net sales from our energy product line reflected a net 13 percent reduction from fiscal year 2009 results, 

but we saw improvements in a variety of our energy product lines throughout fiscal year 2010, as our traditional 
industrial business benefitted from the improving economy. Seismic product sales were down from prior year 
peak levels, although they improved sequentially throughout fiscal year 2010.

Overall gross margin of 53.7 percent for fiscal year 2010 reflected a decrease from fiscal year 2009 margin 

of 55.6 percent due to the recent growth in sales of portable audio products, as well as a mix change to lower 
margin products in our energy product line driven primarily by a reduction in seismic product sales in fiscal 
year 2010.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for each of the past three fiscal years as a 

percentage of net sales. All percentage amounts were calculated using the underlying data, in thousands:

Fiscal Years Ended
March 26, 
2011

March 31, 
2012

March 27, 
2010

Net sales  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patent agreement, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  

Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefit for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100%
54%
20%
15%
—%

19%
—%
—%

19%
(2%)

21%

100%
55%
17%
16%
(1%)

23%
—%
—%

23%
(32%)

55%

100%
54%
23%
21%
—%

11%
1%
—%

12%
(5%)

17%

Page 27 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 28

OPERATOR PM8 

Net Sales

We report sales in two product categories: audio products and energy products. Our sales by product line 

are as follows (in thousands):

Audio products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 
2012

$350,743
76,100

March 26, 
2011

$264,840
104,731

March 27, 
2010

$153,661
67,328

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$426,843

$369,571

$220,989

Net sales for fiscal year 2012 increased 15 percent, to $426.8 million from $369.6 million in fiscal year 
2011. The increase in net sales reflects an $85.9 million increase in audio product sales and a $28.6 million 
decrease in energy product sales. The audio products group experienced growth primarily from the sales of 
portable products, while the decline in energy product group sales was attributable to decreased sales across 
product lines.

Net sales for fiscal year 2011 increased 67 percent, to $369.6 million from $221.0 million in fiscal year 
2010. The increase in net sales reflects a $111.2 million increase in audio product sales and a $37.4 million 
increase in energy product sales. The audio products group experienced growth primarily from the sales 
of portable and surround codecs products, while the energy product group sales increases were primarily 
attributable to sales of seismic, power meter, and power amplification products. 

Export sales, principally to Asia, including sales to U.S.-based customers that manufacture products at 

plants overseas, were approximately $376.6 million in fiscal year 2012, $302.7 million in fiscal year 2011, and 
$173.6 million in fiscal year 2010. Export sales to customers located in Asia were 79 percent, 70 percent, and 
65 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. All other export sales represented 
9 percent, 12 percent, and 14 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Our sales are denominated primarily in U.S. dollars. During fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, we did not 

enter into any foreign currency hedging contracts.

Gross Margin

Overall gross margin of 54.0 percent for fiscal year 2012 reflects a decrease from fiscal year 2011 margin 

of 54.7 percent, primarily due to energy product line decreases, and in particular, the decreased sales of seismic 
products. This decrease was offset by a 3 percent increase in margins in the audio product lines, primarily 
portable products. Fiscal year 2012 sales of product written down in prior periods contributed approximately 
$1.8 million, or 0.4 percent, to gross margin compared to approximately $1.5 million, or 0.4 percent, in 
fiscal year 2011. In total, excess and obsolete inventory charges, including scrapped inventory, decreased by 
$5.2 million from fiscal year 2011 and resulted in an increase of gross margin of 1.2 percent. The $5.2 million 
decrease in excess and obsolete inventory charges was primarily attributable to a charge of approximately 
$4.2 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, discussed below. Additionally, in fiscal year 2012, gross 
margin was negatively affected 0.5 percent as a result of the production issue discussed below.

Overall gross margin of 54.7 percent for fiscal year 2011 reflects an increase from fiscal year 2010 margin 
of 53.7 percent, primarily due to enhanced supply chain management, sales activity within the energy product 
line, and in particular to the sales of seismic, power meter, and power amplification products. The sale of 
product written down in prior fiscal years contributed approximately $1.5 million, or 0.4 percent, to gross 
margin compared to approximately $1.3 million, or 0.6 percent, in fiscal year 2010. In total, excess and obsolete 
inventory charges, including scrapped inventory, increased by $5.1 million from fiscal year 2010 and resulted 
in a decrease of gross margin by 1.4 percent. The $5.1 million increase in excess and obsolete inventory charges 
was primarily attributable to a charge of approximately $4.2 million in the fourth quarter of the Company’s 
current fiscal year due to a production issue with a new audio device that entered high volume production in 
March 2011.

Page 28 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 29

OPERATOR PM8 

Research and Development Expenses

Fiscal year 2012 research and development expenses of $85.7 million reflect an increase of $21.8 million, 
or 34 percent, from fiscal year 2011. The variance was primarily due to an 18 percent increase in research and 
development headcount and associated salary and benefit expenses. Additionally, research and development 
expenses related to product development and maintenance increased in the current year, due primarily to an 
increase in CAD technology and an increased number of projects under development.

Fiscal year 2011 research and development expenses of $63.9 million reflect an increase of $12.5 million, 
or 24 percent, from fiscal year 2010. The variance was primarily due to a 26 percent increase in research and 
development headcount and associated employee expenses, including variable compensation attributable to 
improved operating profit. Additionally, employment expenses also increased primarily due to contract labor 
costs and employee hiring related expenses.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Fiscal year 2012 selling, general and administrative expenses of $65.2 million reflect an increase of 
$6.5 million, or 11 percent, compared to fiscal year 2011. The $6.5 million increase was primarily attributable 
to an increase in salaries and benefits as a result of a 19 percent increase in headcount in the selling, general and 
administrative category. There were also increases in expenses related to maintenance and supplies, depreciation 
and professional expenses compared to fiscal year 2011.

Fiscal year 2011 selling, general and administrative expenses of $58.7 million reflect an increase of 

$15.4 million, or 36 percent, compared to fiscal year 2010. The $15.4 million increase was primarily attributable 
to increased variable compensation costs driven by improved operating profit, as well as to higher stock option 
expenses and external sales representative commissions. The number of employees in the selling, general, and 
administrative expense category remained essentially unchanged from the end of fiscal year 2010.

Patent Agreement, Net

On July 13, 2010, we entered into a Patent Purchase Agreement for the sale of certain Company-owned 

patents. As a result of this agreement, on August 31, 2010, the Company received cash consideration of 
$4.0 million from the purchaser. The proceeds were recorded as a recovery of costs previously incurred and are 
reflected as a separate line item on the consolidated statement of operations in operating expenses under the 
caption “Patent agreement, net.”

On June 11, 2009, we entered into a Patent Purchase Agreement for the sale of certain Company-owned 
patents and on August 26, 2009, the Company received cash consideration of $1.4 million from the purchaser. 
The proceeds were recorded as a recovery of costs previously incurred and are reflected as a separate line item 
on the consolidated statement of operations in operating expenses under the caption “Patent agreement, net.”

Interest Income

Interest income in fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, was $0.5 million, $0.9 million, and $1.3 million, 
respectively. The decreases in interest income in fiscal years 2012 and 2011, were attributable to lower yields on 
invested capital.

Benefit for Income Taxes

We recorded an income tax benefit of $8.0 million in fiscal year 2012 on a pre-tax income of $80.0 million, 

yielding an effective tax benefit rate of 10 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory rate 
of 35 percent, primarily as a result of the release of a portion of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax 
assets that have not yet been utilized.

Page 29 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 30

OPERATOR PM8 

We recorded an income tax benefit of $119.3 million in fiscal year 2011 on a pre-tax income of 

$84.2 million, yielding an effective tax benefit rate of 142 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. 
statutory rate of 35 percent, primarily as a result of the release of a portion of the valuation allowance on certain 
deferred tax assets that have not yet been utilized. The release of a portion of the valuation allowance generated 
a $120.0 million tax benefit and was based on an evaluation of the net U.S. deferred tax assets that we expected 
to be more likely than not to be utilized in future years as a result of projected net income.

We recorded an income tax benefit of $11.7 million in fiscal year 2010 on a pre-tax income of $26.7 million, 

yielding an effective tax benefit rate of 44 percent. Our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. statutory rate 
of 35 percent, primarily as a result of the realization of deferred tax assets that had been fully reserved and the 
release of a portion of the valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets that have not yet been utilized. 
The release of a portion of the valuation allowance generated an $11.8 million tax benefit and was based on an 
evaluation of the net U.S. deferred tax assets that we expected to utilize in the next year as a result of projected 
tax basis net income.

We evaluate our ability to realize our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis. We have deferred tax assets 

that we have recognized since it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized.

Outlook

Based on our strategic plan, our long-term business model targets for the Company are annual revenue 
growth of 15 percent, gross margins of 55 percent, and operating profit of 20 percent. In fiscal year 2013, we 
anticipate a sharply higher level of revenue beginning in the latter portion of the fiscal year with full production 
of multiple new products, with both new and existing customers. We also anticipate our gross margin percentage 
to remain in the mid-50’s.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In fiscal year 2012, our net cash provided by operating activities was $83.2 million. The positive cash flow 
from operating activities was predominantly due to the cash components of our net income, partially offset by a 
$16.8 million reduction in working capital. In fiscal year 2011, our net cash provided by operating activities was 
$86.9 million. The positive cash flow from operating activities was predominantly due to the cash components 
of our net income, which were partially offset by a $12.8 million reduction in working capital. In fiscal year 
2010, our operating activities generated $25.1 million in cash. The positive cash flow from operating activities 
was predominantly due to the cash components of our net income, which were partially offset by a $14.0 million 
decrease in working capital.

In fiscal year 2012, we generated approximately $18.4 million in cash from investing activities, principally 

due to the net proceeds from the sale of marketable securities partially offset by $42 million in capital 
expenditures. In fiscal year 2011, we used approximately $74.2 million in cash from investing activities, 
principally due to the net purchase of $52.7 million in marketable securities. In addition, during fiscal year 
2011, we invested $20.1 million in property, equipment, and capitalized software, primarily attributable to the 
purchase of land for our new corporate headquarters in the amount of $10.8 million, coupled with $2.4 million 
in headquarters construction costs. During fiscal year 2011, we also incurred $1.5 million for investments 
in technology. In fiscal year 2010, we used approximately $42.6 million in cash from investing activities, 
principally due to the net purchase of $36.8 million in marketable securities. In addition, during fiscal year 2010, 
we invested $3.7 million in property, equipment, and capitalized software and $2.2 million in technology.

During fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, we generated $4.1 million, $31.0 million, and $2.0 million, 
respectively, in cash from financing activities related to the receipt of cash from common stock issuances as 
a result of the exercises of employee stock options. In fiscal year 2012, the Company utilized approximately 
$76.8 million in cash to repurchase and retire portions of its outstanding common stock as part of the 
$80 million stock repurchase program that began in fiscal year 2011. In fiscal year 2011 we completed a 
$20 million stock repurchase program and started the $80 million stock repurchase program.

Page 30 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 31

OPERATOR PM8 

During fiscal year 2012 our restricted cash requirement expired. As of March 31, 2011, we had restricted 

investments of $5.8 million, which primarily secured certain obligations under our lease agreement for our 
principal facility located in Austin, Texas.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company has no debt arrangements. On April 19, 2012, the Company entered 
into a credit agreement providing for a $100 million revolving credit facility with a $15 million letter of credit 
sublimit. Through May 29, 2012, we have not drawn against the revolving line of credit. See “Revolving Credit 
Facility” below for additional details regarding this facility.

The Company continued construction of our new headquarters facility in Austin, Texas, with completion 
expected in the summer of calendar year 2012. We estimate that total facility construction costs and the costs 
related to furniture, fixtures, and equipment to fully move our headquarters employees into this new facility 
will be approximately $40.8 million. Through March 31, 2012, we have paid $23.1 million related to the new 
building, leaving an anticipated $17.7 million to be paid, of which approximately $3 million is accrued at 
March 31, 2012, under the caption “Other accrued liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet. We have funded 
the costs related to this project with cash flows from operations and expect the remainder of the project to be 
funded internally from existing and future cash flows.

Although we cannot provide assurances to our stockholders that we will be able to generate cash in the 
future, we anticipate that our existing capital resources and cash flow generated from future operations will 
enable us to maintain our current level of operations for at least the next 12 months along with our ability to 
draw from our revolving credit line.

Revolving Credit Facility

On April 19, 2012 (the “Closing Date”), we entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) 
with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender, Barclays Bank, as 
Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Barclays Capital, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Co-Book 
Managers, and the lenders referred to therein (the “Lenders”).

The Credit Agreement provides for the Credit Facility, which matures on the earliest to occur of (a) the 
first anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) the date of termination of the Commitments as a result of a permanent 
reduction of all of the Commitments by the Company or (c) the date of termination of the Commitments as a 
result of an Event of Default (the “Maturity Date”). The Company must repay the outstanding principal amount 
of all borrowings, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, on the Maturity Date.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility may, at the Company’s election, bear interest at either (a) a Base Rate 
plus the Applicable Margin (“Base Rate Loans”), where the Base Rate is determined by reference to the highest 
of (i) the prime rate publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Federal Funds 
Rate plus 0.50% and (iii) if available and not less than 0%, LIBOR for an interest period of one month plus the 
difference between the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Rate Loans and the Applicable Margin for Base Rate 
Loans at such time; or (b) a LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin (“LIBOR Rate Loans”), where the Libor 
Rate is determined by the Administrative Agent pursuant to a formula under which the LIBOR Rate is equal to 
LIBOR divided by an amount equal to 1.00 minus the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage. The Applicable Margin 
ranges from 0% to .25% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 1.25% to 1.75% per annum for LIBOR Rate Loans.

A Commitment Fee accrues at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin, which ranges from 0.20% 

to 0.30% per annum, on the average daily unused portion of the Commitment of the non-defaulting Lenders.

The exact Applicable Margin and Commitment Fee will depend upon the Company’s performance under 

specified financial criteria.

With certain exceptions relating to LIBOR Rate Loans, the Company may prepay borrowings, in whole 

or in part, at any time upon prior written notice to the Administrative Agent. If, at any time, the total of 
outstanding borrowings and outstanding letters of credit exceeds the Commitments under the Credit Facility, the 
Company must prepay the amount of the excess immediately upon notice from the Administrative Agent.

Page 31 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 32

OPERATOR PM8 

The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, including, among others, covenants 

regarding the payment of taxes and other obligations, maintenance of insurance, reporting requirements and 
compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Further, the Credit Agreement contains customary negative 
covenants limiting the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantors to, among other things, incur debt, 
grant liens, make investments, effect certain fundamental changes, make certain asset dispositions, make certain 
restricted payments, enter into certain transactions with Affiliates and permit aggregate Capital Expenditures to 
exceed $90.0 million on a rolling four-quarter basis. The Credit Facility also contains certain negative financial 
covenants providing that (a) the ratio of Consolidated funded indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA for the 
prior four consecutive quarters must not be greater than 1.75 to 1.00 and (b) the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA 
for the prior four consecutive quarters to Consolidated interest expense for the prior four consecutive quarters 
must not be less than 3.50 to 1.00.

Upon an Event of Default, the Lenders may declare all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid 
interest under the Credit Facility immediately due and payable and may exercise the other rights and remedies 
provided for under the Credit Agreement. Events of Default under the Credit Agreement include payment 
defaults, cross defaults with certain other indebtedness, breaches of covenants or representations, warranties, 
certifications or statements of fact, Changes in Control and bankruptcy events. In certain circumstances, upon 
the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Credit Agreement provides that all 
outstanding obligations will bear interest at the Default Rate.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 31, 2012, the Company did not have any material off-balance-sheet arrangements, as defined 

in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K.

Contractual Obligations

In our business activities, we incur certain commitments to make future payments under contracts such as 
purchase orders, operating leases and other long-term contracts. The Company has no debt arrangements as of 
March 31, 2012. Maturities under these contracts are set forth in the following table as of March 31, 2012:

Facilities leases, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment leases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wafer purchase commitments  . . . . . . . .
Assembly purchase commitments . . . . .
Outside test purchase commitments . . . .
Manufacturing raw materials . . . . . . . . .
Other purchase commitments . . . . . . . . .

< 1 year

$ 3,271
12
46,252
1,046
2,685
867
14

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$54,147

Payment due by period (in thousands)
> 5 years
3–5 years
1–3 years

$2,463
13
—
— 
—
—
— 

$2,476

$1,914
1
—
— 
— 
— 
— 

$1,915

$ 163
—
—
— 
—
—
— 

$ 163

Total

$ 7,811
26
46,252
1,046
2,685
867
14

$58,701

Certain of our operating lease obligations include escalation clauses. These escalating payment 

requirements are reflected in the table.

Page 32 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 33

OPERATOR PM8 

ITEM 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks associated with interest rates on our debt securities, currency movements 

on non-U.S. dollar denominated assets and liabilities, and the effect of market factors on the value of our 
marketable equity securities. We assess these risks on a regular basis and have established policies that are 
designed to protect against the adverse effects of these and other potential exposures. All of the potential 
changes noted below are based on sensitivity analyses as of March 31, 2012. Actual results may differ materially.

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary financial instruments include cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, 

accounts payable, and accrued liabilities. The Company’s investments are managed by outside professional 
managers within investment guidelines set by the Company. These guidelines include security type, credit 
quality, and maturity, and are intended to limit market risk by restricting the Company’s investments to high 
quality debt instruments with relatively short-term maturities. The Company does not use derivative financial 
instruments in its investment portfolio. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio and the current 
low interest rate environment, our downside exposure to interest rate risk is minimal.

To provide a meaningful assessment of the interest rate risk associated with our investment portfolio, we 
performed a sensitivity analysis to determine the impact a change in interest rates would have on the value of 
our investment portfolio. At March 31, 2012, an immediate one percent, or 100 basis points, increase or decrease 
in interest rates could result in a $0.6 million fluctuation in our annual interest income. However, our investment 
portfolio holdings as of March 31, 2012, yielded less than 100 basis points, which reduces our downside interest 
rate risk to the amount of interest income recognized in fiscal year 2012, or $0.5 million. At March 26, 2011, an 
immediate one percent, or 100 basis points, increase or decrease in interest rates could result in a $1.8 million 
fluctuation in our annual interest income. However, our investment portfolio holdings as of March 26, 2011, 
yielded less than 100 basis points, which reduces our downside interest rate risk to the amount of interest 
income recognized in fiscal year 2011, or $0.9 million. At March 27, 2010, an immediate one percent, or 100 
basis points, increase or decrease in interest rates could result in a $1.3 million fluctuation in our annual interest 
income. However, our investment portfolio holdings as of March 27, 2010, yielded less than 100 basis points, 
which reduced our downside interest rate risk to an amount slightly less than the $1.3 million calculation. For 
all of these fiscal years, the risks associated with fluctuating interest rates were limited to our annual interest 
income and not the underlying principal as we generally have the ability to hold debt related investments to 
maturity. The amounts disclosed in this paragraph are based on a 100 basis point fluctuation in interest rates 
applied to the average cash balance for that fiscal year.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our revenue and spending is transacted primarily in U.S. dollars; however, in fiscal years 2012, 2011, 

and 2010, we entered into routine transactions in other currencies to fund the operating needs of our design, 
technical support, and sales offices outside of the U.S. As of March 31, 2012 and March 26, 2011, a ten percent 
change in the value of the related currencies would not have a material impact on our results of operations and 
financial position.

In addition to the direct effects of changes in exchange rates on the value of open exchange contracts, we 
may, from time to time, have changes in exchange rates that can also affect the volume of sales or the foreign 
currency sales prices of our products and the relative costs of operations based overseas.

Page 33 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 34

OPERATOR PM8 

ITEM 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2012; March 26, 2011; and 

35
37

March 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

38

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2012; March 26, 2011; and 

March 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2012, March 26, 

2011, and March 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40
41

Page 34 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 35

OPERATOR PM8 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cirrus Logic, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the Company) as of 
March 31, 2012 and March 26, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, 
and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2012. These financial statements 
are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing 
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of Cirrus Logic, Inc. at March 31, 2012 and March 26, 2011, and the consolidated results of its 
operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2012, in conformity 
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States), Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012, based 
on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated May 30, 2012 expressed an unqualified 
opinion thereon.

Austin, Texas 
May 30, 2012

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Page 35 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 36

OPERATOR PM8 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cirrus Logic, Inc.

We have audited Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 
2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s management 
is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s 
Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our 
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial 
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable 
detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company 
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Cirrus Logic, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of March 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Cirrus Logic, Inc. as of March 31, 2012 and March 26, 2011, 
and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the 
three fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2012 of Cirrus Logic, Inc. and our report dated May 30, 2012 
expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Austin, Texas 
May 30, 2012

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Page 36 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 37

OPERATOR PM8 

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands)

Current assets:

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marketable securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term marketable securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, plant and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangibles, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 
2012

March 26, 
2011

65,997
—
115,877
44,153
55,915
53,137
12,017
4,491

351,587
2,914
66,978
18,241
89,071
6,027
9,644

$ 37,039
5,786
159,528
39,098
40,497
30,797
3,457
3,268

319,470
12,702
34,563
20,125
102,136
6,027
1,598

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 544,462

$ 496,621

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued salaries and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplier agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stockholders’ equity:

Preferred Stock, 5.0 million shares authorized but unissued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 280,000 shares authorized, 64,394 shares 

and 68,664 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012 and March 26, 
2011, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated deficit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

38,108
13,634
7,228
5,000
9,015

72,985
5,620

$ 27,639
12,402
6,844
—
5,169

52,054
6,188

—

—

64
1,008,164
(541,609)
(762)

69
991,878
(552,814)
(754)

Total stockholders’ equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

465,857

438,379

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 544,462

$ 496,621

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 37 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 38

OPERATOR PM8 

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$426,843

$ 369,571

$220,989

Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross Margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

196,402

230,441

167,576

201,995

102,258

118,731

March 31, 
2012

Fiscal Years Ended
March 26, 
2011

March 27, 
2010

51,421
43,306
(1,400)

93,327

25,404
1,345
(66)

Operating expenses:

Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Patent agreement, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

85,697
65,208
—

63,934
58,734
(4,000)

Total operating expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

150,905

118,668

Income from operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefit for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

79,536
517
(70)

79,983
(8,000)

83,327
860
27

84,214
(119,289)

26,683
(11,715)

Net income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 87,983

$ 203,503

$ 38,398

Basic earnings per share:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted earnings per share: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding:  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding:. . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

1.35
1.29
64,934
68,063

$
$

3.00
2.82
67,857
72,103

$
$

0.59
0.59
65,338
65,626

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 38 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 39

OPERATOR PM8 

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss (gain) on retirement or write-off of long lived assets . . . . .
Amortization of lease settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on marketable securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued salaries and benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from sale of available for sale marketable securities  . . . .
Purchases of available for sale marketable securities. . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from sale of non-marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases of property, plant and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investments in technology  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Decrease (increase) in restricted investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Increase) decrease in deposits and other assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 
2012

Fiscal Years Ended
March 26, 
2011

March 27, 
2010

$ 87,983

$ 203,503

$ 38,398

9,972
23
—
(10,154)
—
12,178

(5,055)
(15,418)
(9,783)
10,469
1,232
384
(130)
1,494

83,195

181,282
(127,852)
—
(35,948)
(6,604)
—
5,786
1,773

8,145
(24)
—
(120,045)
—
8,141

(15,135)
(5,101)
(1,158)
7,299
2,440
356
(80)
(1,401)

86,940

202,753
(255,426)
—
(20,060)
(1,527)
—
69
(58)

7,888
70
(83)
(11,932)
(500)
5,318

(13,149)
(15,518)
(937)
10,454
3,530
3,062
116
(1,581)

25,136

111,167
(147,929)
500
(3,654)
(2,185)
(550)
(100)
190

Net cash provided by (used) in investing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18,437

(74,249)

(42,561)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Repurchase and retirement of common stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(76,782)
4,108

(72,674)

28,958
37,039

(22,766)
31,005

8,239

20,930
16,109

—
2,030

2,030

(15,395)
31,504

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 65,997

$ 37,039

$ 16,109

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Cash payments (refunds) during the year for:

Interest expense  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

— $
$

2,268

— $
$

784

—
90

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 39 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 40

OPERATOR PM8 

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(in thousands)

Common Stock
Shares Amount

Additional  
Paid-in  
Capital

Accumulated  
Deficit

Accumulated  
Other  
Comprehensive  
Income (Loss)

Total

Balance, March 28, 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,241
Components of comprehensive income:

Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized gain on 

marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

—

Issuance of stock under stock option  

plans and other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of deferred stock compensation. . .

412
—

Balance, March 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,653
Components of comprehensive income:

Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized gain on 

marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

—

Issuance of stock under stock option  

plans and other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repurchase and retirement of common stock  . . .
Amortization of deferred stock compensation . . .

4,770
(1,759)
—

Balance, March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68,664
Components of comprehensive income:

Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in unrealized gain on 

marketable securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

—

Issuance of stock under stock option  

plans and other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repurchase and retirement of common stock  . . .
Amortization of deferred stock compensation . . .

642
(4,912)
—

$65

$ 945,390 $(771,951)

$(576)

$172,928

—

—

—

1
—

66

—

—

—

5
(2)
—

69

—

—

—

—
(5)
—

—

—

—

2,029
5,318

38,398

—

—

—
—

—

(73)

—

—
—

38,398

(73)

38,325

2,030
5,318

952,737

(733,553)

(649)

218,601

— 203,503

—

203,503

—

—

—

—

31,000

—
— (22,764)
—

8,141

(105)

—

—
—
—

(105)

203,398

31,005
(22,766)
8,141

991,878

(552,814)

(754)

438,379

—

—

—

87,983

—

—

4,108

—
— (76,778)
—

12,178

—

(8)

—

—
—
—

87,983

(8)

87,975

4,108
(76,783)
12,178

Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64,394

$64

$1,008,164 $(541,609)

$(762)

$465,857

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Page 40 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 41

OPERATOR PM8 

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Description of Business

Description of Business

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (“Cirrus Logic,” “Cirrus,” “We,” “Us,” “Our,” or the “Company”) develops high-
precision, analog and mixed-signal integrated circuits (“ICs”) for a broad range of consumer and industrial 
markets. Building on our diverse analog and mixed-signal patent portfolio, Cirrus Logic delivers highly 
optimized products for consumer and commercial audio, automotive entertainment, and targeted industrial 
applications including energy control, energy measurement and energy exploration. We also develop ICs, 
board-level modules and hybrids for high-power amplifier applications branded as the Apex Precision Power™ 
(“Apex”) line of products. We also provide complete system reference designs based on our technology that 
enable our customers to bring products to market in a timely and cost-effective manner.

We were incorporated in California in 1984, became a public company in 1989, and were reincorporated 

in the State of Delaware in February 1999. Our primary facilities housing engineering, sales and marketing, 
administration, and test operations are located in Austin, Texas. In addition, we have engineering, 
administrative and assembly facilities in Tucson, Arizona and sales locations internationally and throughout 
the United States. We also serve customers from international sales offices in Europe and Asia, including the 
People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong, South Korea, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan, and the United Kingdom. Our 
common stock, which has been publicly traded since 1989, is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under 
the symbol CRUS.

Basis of Presentation

We prepare financial statements on a 52- or 53-week year that ends on the last Saturday in March. Fiscal 

years 2011 and 2010 were 52-week years, whereas fiscal year 2012 was a 53-week year.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U. S. 

generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-
owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances in order to conform to the current year’s 

presentation of financial information.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires the use of management 

estimates. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve judgments that affect the reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at fiscal year-end and the reported 
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of money market funds, commercial paper, and U.S. Government 

Treasury and Agency instruments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Page 41 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 42

OPERATOR PM8 

Restricted Investments

As of March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011, we had restricted investments of zero and $5.8 million, 

respectively, in support of our letters of credit needs. The letters of credit primarily secured certain obligations 
under our operating lease agreement for our headquarters and engineering facility in Austin, Texas, which 
expired in fiscal year 2012.

Marketable Securities

We determine the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluate 

this designation as of each balance sheet date. We classify these securities as either held-to-maturity, trading, 
or available-for-sale. As of March 31, 2012, and March 26, 2011, all marketable securities and restricted 
investments were classified as available-for-sale securities. The Company classifies its investments as “available 
for sale” because it expects to possibly sell some securities prior to maturity. The Company’s investments are 
subject to market risk, primarily interest rate and credit risk. The Company’s investments are managed by 
an outside professional manager within investment guidelines set by the Company. Such guidelines include 
security type, credit quality, and maturity, and are intended to limit market risk by restricting the Company’s 
investments to high quality debt instruments with relatively short-term maturities. The fair value of investments 
is determined using observable or quoted market prices for those securities.

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included as a 
component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses, declines in value judged to 
be other than temporary, and interest on available-for-sale securities are included in net income. The cost of 
securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Inventories

We use the lower of cost or market method to value our inventories, with cost being determined on a first-
in, first-out basis. One of the factors we consistently evaluate in the application of this method is the extent to 
which products are accepted into the marketplace. By policy, we evaluate market acceptance based on known 
business factors and conditions by comparing forecasted customer unit demand for our products over a specific 
future period, or demand horizon, to quantities on hand at the end of each accounting period.

On a quarterly and annual basis, we analyze inventories on a part-by-part basis. Inventory quantities on 
hand in excess of forecasted demand are considered to have reduced market value and, therefore, the cost basis is 
adjusted to the lower of cost or market. Typically, market values for excess or obsolete inventories are considered 
to be zero. Product life cycles and the competitive nature of the industry are factors considered in the estimation 
of customer unit demand at the end of each quarterly accounting period.

Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands):

Work in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Inventories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended

March 31, 
2012 

March 26, 
2011 

$30,921
24,994

$55,915

$22,048
18,449

$40,497

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost, net of depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and 

amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over estimated economic lives, ranging from three to 39 years. 
Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life. 
Furniture, fixtures, machinery, and equipment are all depreciated over a useful life of three to 10 years, while 
buildings are depreciated over a period of up to 39 years. In general, our capitalized software is amortized 

Page 42 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 43

OPERATOR PM8 

over a useful life of three years, with capitalized enterprise resource planning software being amortized over a 
useful life of 10 years. Gains or losses related to retirements or dispositions of fixed assets are recognized in the 
period incurred.

Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following (in thousands):

Land and buildings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized software  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31,
2012 

$ 22,410
4,320
6,765
37,481
23,459
28,497

March 26,
2011 

$ 19,051
4,215
6,732
29,583
22,579
2,986

Total property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

122,932
(55,954)

85,146
(50,583)

Property, plant and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,978

$ 34,563

The increase in the construction in progress balance in fiscal year 2012 was primarily attributable to costs 

incurred during the construction of the new headquarters facility. Depreciation and amortization expense 
on property, plant, and equipment for fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $6.3 million, $4.8 million, and 
$4.3 million, respectively. During fiscal year 2011 we retired fully depreciated assets with an original cost of 
$3.7 million.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

All of the Company’s available-for-sale investments and other investments are subject to a periodic 

impairment review. Investments are considered to be impaired when a decline in fair value is judged to be other-
than-temporary. Marketable securities are evaluated for impairment if the decline in fair value below cost basis 
is significant and/or has lasted for an extended period of time. Other investments are considered to be impaired 
when a decline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary. For investments accounted for using the cost 
method of accounting, management evaluates information (e.g., budgets, business plans, financial statements) in 
addition to quoted market price, if any, in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. 
Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline include recurring operating losses, credit defaults, and 
subsequent rounds of financings at an amount below the cost basis of the investment. When a decline in value is 
deemed to be other-than-temporary, we recognize an impairment loss in the current period’s operating results to 
the extent of the decline.

Goodwill and Intangibles, net

Intangible assets include purchased technology licenses and patents that are reported at cost and are 

amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives, generally ranging from one to ten years. Acquired 
intangibles include existing technology, core technology or patents, license agreements, trademarks, covenants 
not-to-compete and customer agreements. These assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over lives ranging 
from four to fifteen years. Goodwill is recorded at the time of an acquisition and is calculated as the difference 
between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible 
assets acquired.

Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives are not amortized but are subject to annual 

impairment tests. If the assumptions and estimates used to allocate the purchase price are not correct, or if 
business conditions change, purchase price adjustments or future asset impairment charges could be required. 
The value of our intangible assets, including goodwill, could be impacted by future adverse changes such as: 
(i) any future declines in our operating results, (ii) a decline in the valuation of technology company stocks, 

Page 43 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 44

OPERATOR PM8 

including the valuation of our common stock, (iii) a significant slowdown in the worldwide economy and the 
semiconductor industry, or (iv) any failure to meet the performance projections included in our forecasts of 
future operating results. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles for impairment on an 
annual basis or more frequently if the Company believes indicators of impairment exist. Impairment evaluations 
involve management estimates of asset useful lives and future cash flows. Significant management judgment is 
required in the forecasts of future operating results that are used in the evaluations. It is possible, however, that 
the plans and estimates used may be incorrect. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future 
impairment analysis, are lower than the original estimates used to assess the recoverability of these assets, we 
could incur additional impairment charges in a future period. There are no impairments of goodwill in 2012, 
2011, and 2010.

Long-Lived Assets

We test for impairment losses on long-lived assets and definite-lived intangibles used in operations when 

indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets 
are less than the assets’ carrying amounts. We measure any impairment loss by comparing the fair value of 
the asset to its carrying amount. We estimate fair value based on discounted future cash flows, quoted market 
prices, or independent appraisals.

Foreign Currency Translation

All of our international subsidiaries have the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. The local currency 

financial statements are remeasured into U.S. dollars using current rates of exchange for assets and liabilities. 
Gains and losses from remeasurement are included in other income (expense), net. Revenue and expenses 
from our international subsidiaries are remeasured using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the 
period in which the items occur. For all periods presented, our foreign currency remeasurement expense was 
not significant.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to material concentrations of credit risk consist primarily 

of cash equivalents, restricted investments, marketable securities, long-term marketable securities, and trade 
accounts receivable. We are exposed to credit risk to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheet. 
By policy, our cash equivalents, restricted investments, marketable securities, and long-term marketable 
securities are subject to certain nationally recognized credit standards, issuer concentrations, sovereign risk, and 
marketability or liquidity considerations.

In evaluating our trade receivables, we perform credit evaluations of our major customers’ financial 

condition and monitor closely all of our receivables to limit our financial exposure by limiting the length of time 
and amount of credit extended. In certain situations, we may require payment in advance or utilize letters of 
credit to reduce credit risk. By policy, we establish a reserve for trade accounts receivable based on the type of 
business in which a customer is engaged, the length of time a trade account receivable is outstanding, and other 
knowledge that we may possess relating to the probability that a trade receivable is at risk for non-payment.

For fiscal years 2012 and 2011, we had one contract manufacturer, Futaihua Industrial, who represented 
28 percent and 42 percent, respectively of our consolidated gross accounts receivable. In fiscal year 2012, we 
had one contract manufacturer, Hongfujin Precision, who represented 14 percent of our consolidated gross 
accounts receivable. For fiscal year 2011, we had one distributor, Avnet, Inc. who represented 17 percent, of 
our consolidated gross accounts receivable. No other distributor or customer had receivable balances that 
represented more than 10 percent of consolidated gross accounts receivable as of the end of fiscal years 2012 
or 2011.

Since the components we produce are largely proprietary and generally not available from second sources, 

we consider our end customer to be the entity specifying the use of our component in their design. These 
end customers may then purchase our products directly from us, from a distributor, or through a third party 

Page 44 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 45

OPERATOR PM8 

manufacturer contracted to produce their end product. For fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, our ten largest 
end customers represented approximately 74 percent, 62 percent, and 54 percent of our sales, respectively. 
For fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, we had one end customer, Apple Inc., who purchased through multiple 
contract manufacturers and represented approximately 62 percent, 47 percent, and 35 percent of the Company’s 
total sales, respectively. Further, we had one distributor, Avnet, Inc., that represented 15 percent, 24 percent, 
and 26 percent of our sales for fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. No other customer or distributor 
represented more than 10 percent of net sales in fiscal years 2012, 2011, or 2010.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement 
exists, delivery of goods has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably 
assured. We evaluate our distributor arrangements, on a distributor by distributor basis, with respect to each of 
the four criteria above. For a majority of our distributor arrangements, we provide rights of price protection and 
stock rotation. As a result, revenue is deferred at the time of shipment to our domestic distributors and certain 
international distributors due to the determination that the ultimate sales price to the distributor is not fixed or 
determinable. Once the distributor has resold the product, and our final sales price is fixed or determinable, 
we recognize revenue for the final sales price and record the related costs of sales. For certain of our smaller 
international distributors, we do not grant price protection rights and provide minimal stock rotation rights. 
For these distributors, revenue is recognized upon delivery to the distributor, less an allowance for estimated 
returns, as the revenue recognition criteria have been met upon shipment.

Further, the Company defers the associated cost of goods sold on our consolidated balance sheet, net 
within the deferred income caption. The Company routinely evaluates the products held by our distributors for 
impairment to the extent such products may be returned by the distributor within these limited rights and such 
products would be considered excess or obsolete if included within our own inventory. Products returned by 
distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the Company.

Warranty Expense

We warrant our products and maintain a provision for warranty repair or replacement of shipped products. 
The accrual represents management’s estimate of probable returns. Our estimate is based on an analysis of our 
overall sales volume and historical claims experience, and the sales volume and historical claims experience at 
our largest customer, Apple, Inc. The estimate is re-evaluated periodically for accuracy.

Shipping Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of sales for all periods presented.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $1.8 million, $1.3 million, and $1.0 

million, in fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the grant-date fair value of the awards 
and is recognized as an expense, on a ratable basis, over the vesting period, which is generally between zero 
and four years. Determining the amount of stock-based compensation to be recorded requires the Company to 
develop estimates used in calculating the grant-date fair value of stock options. The Company calculates the 
grant-date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The use of valuation models 
requires the Company to make estimates of assumptions such as expected volatility, expected term, risk-free 
interest rate, expected dividend yield, and forfeiture rates.

Page 45 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 46

OPERATOR PM8 

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. We have provided 

a valuation allowance against a portion of our net U.S. deferred tax assets due to uncertainties regarding their 
realization. We evaluate our ability to realize our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis.

We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process. The first step requires 

us to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that the tax position has met the threshold for 
recognition; therefore, we must evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on 
audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step requires us to measure 
the tax benefit of the tax position taken, or expected to be taken, in an income tax return as the largest amount 
that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We reevaluate the uncertain tax 
positions each quarter based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes 
in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Depending on the jurisdiction, such a 
change in recognition or measurement may result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to 
the tax provision in the period.

Net Income Per Share

Basic net income per share is based on the weighted effect of common shares issued and outstanding and is 

calculated by dividing net income by the basic weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Diluted 
net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 
used in the basic net income per share calculation, plus the equivalent number of common shares that would be 
issued assuming exercise or conversion of all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding. These potentially 
dilutive items consist primarily of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards.

The weighted outstanding options excluded from our diluted calculation for the years ended March 31, 
2012, March 26, 2011, and March 27, 2010, were 1,052,000, 615,000, and 8,043,000, respectively, as the exercise 
price exceeded the average market price during the period.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments 
from prior years when we had subsidiaries whose functional currency was not the U.S. Dollar, as well as 
unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale. See Note 13 – Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive loss for additional discussion.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement 

(Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820) — Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value 
Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments in this ASU result in 
common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and international financial reporting 
standards (“IFRS”). The ASU provides for certain changes in current GAAP disclosure requirements, including 
the measurement of level 3 assets and measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s 
shareholders’ equity. The amendments in this ASU are to be applied prospectively, and are effective during 
interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this guidance is not anticipated to 
have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (ASC Topic 220) — Presentation 

of Comprehensive Income. With this update, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive 
income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single 
continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, 
an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component 
of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for 
comprehensive income. Current U.S. GAAP allows reporting entities the option to present the components of 

Page 46 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 47

OPERATOR PM8 

other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity; this update eliminates 
that option. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively, and are effective for fiscal years, 
and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. This ASU was further revised in 
ASU No. 2011-12, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the 
Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting 
Standards Update No. 2011-05 that was issued in December 2011. The adoption of this guidance will affect 
financial statement presentation only and therefore, will not have a material impact on our consolidated 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350 - 

Testing Goodwill for Impairment. Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity has the option to first assess 
qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination 
that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity 
determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, 
then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then 
it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test and proceed as dictated in previous 
FASB guidance. Under the amendments in this ASU, an entity has the option to bypass the qualitative 
assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-
step goodwill impairment test. An entity may resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent 
period. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal 
years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not 
anticipated to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows, 
but will result in an additional statement of other comprehensive income.

3.  Marketable Securities

The Company’s investments that have original maturities greater than 90 days have been classified 

as available-for-sale securities in accordance with US GAAP. Marketable securities are categorized on the 
consolidated balance sheet as restricted investments and marketable securities, as appropriate.

The following table is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in thousands):

As of March 31, 2012:

Amortized 
Cost

Gross Unrealized 
Gains

Gross Unrealized 
Losses

Estimated Fair Value 
(Net Carrying Amount)

Corporate securities – U.S. . . . . . 
U.S. Treasury securities . . . . . . .
Agency discount notes . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper. . . . . . . . . . . .

48,011
30,264
16,789
23,719

Total securities . . . . . . . . . . . .

$118,783

33
1
8
5

$47

(19)
(4)
(1)
(15)

$(39)

48,025
30,261
16,796
23,709

$118,791

The Company’s specifically identified gross unrealized losses of $39 thousand relates to 37 different 
securities with a total amortized cost of approximately $72.6 million at March 31, 2012. Because the Company 
does not intend to sell the investments at a loss and the Company will not be required to sell the investments 
before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it did not consider the investment in these securities to be other-
than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2012. Further, the securities with gross unrealized losses had been in a 
continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of March 31, 2012.

As of March 26, 2011:

Amortized 
Cost

Gross Unrealized 
Gains

Gross Unrealized 
Losses

Estimated Fair Value 
(Net Carrying Amount)

Corporate securities – U.S. . . . . .
U.S. Treasury securities . . . . . . .
Agency discount notes . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper. . . . . . . . . . . .

64,228
35,268
16,588
56,130

Total securities . . . . . . . . . . . .

$172,214

22
13
5
23

$63

(38)
—
(2)
(7)

$(47)

64,212
35,281
16,591
56,146

$172,230

Page 47 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 48

OPERATOR PM8 

The Company’s specifically identified gross unrealized losses of $47 thousand relates to 28 different 
securities with a total amortized cost of approximately $61.8 million at March 26, 2011. Because the Company 
does not intend to sell the investments at a loss and the Company will not be required to sell the investments 
before recovery of its amortized cost basis, it did not consider the investment in these securities to be other-
than-temporarily impaired at March 26, 2011. Further, the securities with gross unrealized losses had been in a 
continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months as of March 26, 2011.

The cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale investments by contractual maturity were as follows:

March 31, 2012

March 26, 2011

Amortized 
Cost

Estimated 
Fair Value

Amortized 
Cost

Estimated 
Fair Value

$115,871
2,912

$118,783

$115,876
2,915

$118,791

$159,516
12,698

$172,214

$159,528
12,702

$172,230

Within 1 year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
After 1 year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company has determined that the only assets and liabilities in the Company’s financial statements 

that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis are the Company’s investment portfolio 
assets. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a 
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company applies 
the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and 
bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the 
fair value measurement. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets 
for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 
measurements).

▪	 Level	1	—	Quoted	prices	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets	or	liabilities.

▪	 Level	2	—	Inputs	other	than	Level	1	that	are	observable,	either	directly	or	indirectly,	such	as	quoted	

prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are 
observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets 
or liabilities.

▪	 Level	3	—	Unobservable	inputs	that	are	supported	by	little	or	no	market	activity	and	that	are	significant	

to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The Company’s investment portfolio assets consist of corporate debt securities, money market funds, U.S. 
Treasury securities, obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, and commercial paper, and are reflected 
on our consolidated balance sheet under the headings cash and cash equivalents, restricted investments, marketable 
securities, and long-term marketable securities. The Company determines the fair value of its investment portfolio 
assets by obtaining non-binding market prices from its third-party portfolio managers on the last day of the quarter, 
whose sources may use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1 inputs) or inputs other than 
quoted prices that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2 inputs) in determining fair value.

As of March 26, 2011, the Company classified all investment portfolio assets as Level 1 inputs. In fiscal 
year 2012, the Company determined that certain of its available-for-sale marketable securities should have been 
classified as Level 2. These changes in the disclosed classification had no effect on the reported fair values of 
these investments. Prior period amounts have been reclassified to properly present the securities as Level 2. The 
Company has no Level 3 assets.

Page 48 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 49

OPERATOR PM8 

The fair value of our financial assets at March 31, 2012, was determined using the following inputs 

(in thousands):

Description

Cash equivalents

Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate debt securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Available-for-sale securities

Corporate debt securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. Treasury securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agency discount notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets 
Level 1

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
Level 2

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
Level 3

$ 40,557
—
—
$ 40,557

$ —
30,261
—
—
$ 30,261

$ —
15,952
1,112
$17,064

$48,025
—
16,796
23,709
$88,530

$ —
—
—
$ —

$ —
—
—
—
$ —

Total

$ 40,557
15,952
1,112
$ 57,621

$ 48,025
30,261
16,796
23,709
$118,791

The fair value of our financial assets at March 26, 2011, was determined using the following inputs (in 

thousands):

Description

Cash equivalents 

Money market funds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. Treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Available-for-sale securities

Corporate debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. Treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Agency discount notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets  
Level 1

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
Level 2

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
Level 3

$17,700
—
—
$17,700

$ —
35,281
—
—
$35,281

$

—
4,999
10,500
$ 15,499

$ 64,212
—
16,591
56,146
$ 136,949

$ —
—
—
$ —

$ —
—
—
—
$ —

Total

$ 17,700
4,999
10,500
$ 33,199

$ 64,212
35,281
16,591
56,146
$172,230

5.  Accounts Receivable, net 

The following are the components of accounts receivable, net (in thousands):

Gross accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 
2012 

March 26, 
2011 

$44,524
(371)

$44,153

$39,519
(421)

$39,098

Page 49 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 50

OPERATOR PM8 

The following table summarizes the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

Balance, March 28, 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bad debt expense, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (451)
(37)

Balance, March 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-off of uncollectible accounts, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Write-off of uncollectible accounts, net of recoveries . . . . . . . . . . .

(488)
67

(421)
50

Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (371)

6.  Intangibles, net

The following information details the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of our 

intangible assets (in thousands):

March 31, 2012

March 26, 2011

Intangible Category (Weighted-Average 
Amortization Period (years))

Gross 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Gross 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Core technology (9.0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
License agreements (9.0)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Existing technology (13.3)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademarks (4.0) (a)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-compete agreements (5.0) . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer relationships (14.6) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology licenses (3.3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,390
440
17,235
2,758
398
4,682
14,187

$ (1,390)
(440)
(7,318)
(320)
(258)
(1,515)
(11,608)

$ 1,390
440
17,235
2,758
398
4,682
16,928

$ (1,390)
(440)
(6,321)
(320)
(179)
(1,179)
(13,877)

$41,090 

$(22,849 )

$43,831 

$(23,706 )

(a)  Trademarks also includes $2.4 million of indefinite-lived assets, which are not included in the 

weighted-average amortization period above.

Amortization expense for all intangibles in fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $3.7 million, $3.3 million, 

and $3.6 million, respectively. The following table details the estimated aggregate amortization expense for all 
intangibles owned as of March 31, 2012, for each of the five succeeding fiscal years (in thousands):

For the year ended March 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the year ended March 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the year ended March 29, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the year ended March 28, 2016. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
For the year ended March 26, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,734 
$2,176
$1,623
$1,303
$1,273

7.  Employee Benefit Plans

We have a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “Plan”) covering all of our qualifying domestic employees. Under 

the Plan, employees may elect to contribute any percentage of their annual compensation up to the annual IRS 
limitations. We match 50 percent of the first 6 percent of the employees’ annual contribution to the plan. We 
made matching employee contributions of $1.3 million, $1.0 million, and $0.9 million during fiscal years 2012, 
2011, and 2010, respectively.

Page 50 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 51

OPERATOR PM8 

8.  Equity Compensation

Stock Compensation Expense

The Company is currently granting equity awards from the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), 
which was approved by stockholders in July 2006. The Plan provides for granting of stock options, restricted 
stock awards, restricted stock units, performance awards, phantom stock awards, and bonus stock awards, or 
any combination of the foregoing. To date, the Company has granted stock options, restricted stock awards, 
and restricted stock units under the Plan. Stock options generally vest between zero and four years, and are 
exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant. Generally, restricted stock awards are subject to 
vesting schedules up to four years. Restricted stock units are generally subject to vesting from one to three 
years, depending upon the terms of the grant.

The following table summarizes the effects of stock-based compensation on cost of goods sold, research 
and development, sales, general and administrative, pre-tax income (loss), and net income after taxes for options 
granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans (in thousands, except per share amounts):

March 31, 
2012

Fiscal Years Ended
March 26, 
2011

March 27, 
2010

Cost of sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales, general and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect on pre-tax income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income Tax Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total share based compensation expense (net of taxes) . . . . . . . . .

Share based compensation effects on basic earnings (loss) 

per share  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Share based compensation effects on diluted earnings (loss) 

per share  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Share based compensation effects on operating activities 

$

398
5,590
6,190
12,178
—
$12,178

$

$

0.19

0.18

$ 243
2,641
5,257
8,141
—
$8,141

$ 212
1,882
3,224
5,318
—
$5,318

$ 0.12

$ 0.08

$ 0.11

$ 0.08

cash flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12,178

8,141

5,318

Share based compensation effects on financing activities 

cash flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

 —

 —

The total share based compensation expense included in the table above and which is attributable to 

restricted stock awards and restricted stock units was $6.3 million, $1.1 million, and $0.1 million for fiscal years 
2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

As of March 31, 2012, there was $24.7 million of compensation costs related to non-vested stock options, 
restricted stock awards, and restricted stock units granted under the Company’s equity incentive plans not yet 
recognized in the Company’s financial statements. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 1.03 years for stock options, 0.37 years for restricted stock awards, 
and 1.94 years for restricted stock units.

Stock Option Awards

We estimated the fair value of each stock option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-

pricing model using a dividend yield of zero and the following additional assumptions:

March 31, 
2012

Year Ended
March 26, 
2011

March 27, 
2010

Expected stock price volatility . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected term (in years)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .

59.25-66.11% 52.03-67.11% 50.71-56.59%
1.80-2.25%
1.19-2.06%
 4.33-4.64
 3.83-4.34

0.27-1.43%
 2.32-3.82

Page 51 of 67

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 52

OPERATOR PM8 

The Black-Scholes valuation calculation requires us to estimate key assumptions such as stock price 
volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The expected stock price volatility is based 
upon implied volatility from traded options on our stock in the marketplace. The expected term of options 
granted is derived from an analysis of historical exercises and remaining contractual life of stock options, and 
represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate 
reflects the yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities for a period that is commensurate with the expected 
term assumption. Finally, we have never paid cash dividends, do not currently intend to pay cash dividends, and 
thus have assumed a zero percent dividend yield.

Using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, the weighted average estimated fair values of employee 

stock options granted in fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 2010, were $7.58, $9.61, and $2.89, respectively.

During fiscal year 2012, 2011, and 2010, we received a net $4.1 million, $31.0 million, and $2.0 million, 
respectively, from the exercise of 0.6 million 4.7 million, and 0.4 million, respectively, stock options granted 
under the Company’s stock Plan.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal year 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $7.6 million, 

$50.4 million, and $0.8 million, respectively. Intrinsic value represents the difference between the market value 
of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise and the strike price of the stock option.

As of March 31, 2012, approximately 12.2 million shares of common stock were reserved for issuance 

under the stock option Plan.

Additional information with respect to stock option activity is as follows (in thousands, except per 

share amounts): 

Options Available
for Grant 

Balance, March 28, 2009. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option plans terminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, March 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Option plans terminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
Option plans terminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12,104
(477)
(2,471)
—
774
—
9,930
(300)
(1,927)
—
472
—
8,175
(34)
(2,049)
—
165
—
6,257

Outstanding Options

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

$ 7.45
—
5.53
5.01
5.44
9.63
$ 6.74
—
16.75
6.57
5.90
23.68
$ 7.63
—
15.63
6.88
7.70
15.68
$ 8.23

Number

9,063
—
2,471
(401)
(264)
(490)
10,379
—
977
(4,718)
(153)
(304)
6,181
—
450
(593)
(67)
(67)
5,904

Additional information with regards to outstanding options that are vesting, expected to vest, or exercisable 

as of March 31, 2012 is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

Number of 
Options 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Weighted Average 
Remaining Contractual 
Term (years)

Vested and expected to vest . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercisable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,703
3,836

$8.09
$7.08

6.64
5.99

Page 52 of 67

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 

$89,617
$64,121

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 53

OPERATOR PM8 

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, stock options outstanding that are expected to vest are presented net of 
estimated future option forfeitures, which are estimated as compensation costs are recognized. Options with 
a fair value of $6.3 million, $6.0 million, and $4.0 million, became vested during fiscal years 2012, 2011, and 
2010, respectively.

The following table summarizes information regarding outstanding and exercisable options as of March 31, 

2012 (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

Range of Exercise Prices

Number

 Options Outstanding 

 Options Exercisable 

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(years)

Weighted 
 Average Exercise 
Price

Number 
Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

$  1.83 - $  5.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
$  5.27 - $  5.53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
$  5.55 - $  5.55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
$  5.66 - $  7.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
$  7.32 - $15.41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
$16.21 - $23.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

1,332
91
1,515
1,100
1,141
725

5,904

5.85
7.21
7.50
5.27
7.03
8.18

6.70

$ 4.94
5.49
5.55
6.54
11.38
17.77

$ 8.23

1,039

48  
798
1,045
604
302

3,836

$ 4.93
5.48
5.55
6.53
8.42
18.05

$ 7.08

As of March 31, 2012 and March 26, 2011, the number of options exercisable was 3.8 million and 2.9 

million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Awards

The Company periodically grants restricted stock awards (“RSA’s”) to select employees. The grant date 
for these awards is equal to the measurement date and the awards are valued as of the measurement date and 
amortized over the requisite vesting period. Generally, the current unreleased RSA awards vest 100 percent on 
the fourth anniversary of the grant date. Each full value award, including RSA’s, reduces the total shares available 
for grant under the Plan at a rate of 1.5 shares per RSA granted. As of March 31, 2012, approximately 0.1 million 
shares attributable to RSA awards were reserved for issuance under the Plan. A summary of the activity for RSA’s 
in fiscal year 2012, 2011, and 2010 is presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 
(per share)

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
value(1)

Number of 
Shares

March 28, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 27, 2010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 26, 2011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 2012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

73
—
(11)
(13)

49
5
(7)
(2)

45
49
(54)
—

40

$ 6.86
—
6.98
6.05

$ 6.20
17.28
7.35
7.35

$ 7.21
15.31
14.57
—

$ 7.19

55

134

826

(1)  Represents the value of Cirrus stock on the date that the restricted stock vested.

Page 53 of 67

  
 
JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 54

OPERATOR PM8 

The weighted average remaining recognition period for RSA’s outstanding as of March 31, 2012 was 0.37 
years. RSA’s with a fair value of $637 thousand, $37 thousand, and $37 thousand became vested during fiscal 
years 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

Commencing in fiscal year 2011, the Company began granting restricted stock units (“RSU’s”) to select 

employees. These awards are valued as of the grant date and amortized over the requisite vesting period. 
Generally, RSU’s vest 100 percent on the first to third anniversary of the grant date depending on the vesting 
specifications. Each full value award, including RSU’s, reduces the total shares available for grant under the 
2006 option plan at a rate of 1.5 shares per RSU granted. As of March 31, 2012, approximately 2.4 million shares 
attributable to RSU awards were reserved for issuance under the Plan, which includes the additional shares 
associated with this full value award multiplier. A summary of the activity for RSU’s in fiscal year 2012 and 
2011 is presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

March 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shares

—
628
—
(8)
620
1,017
—
(21)

March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,616

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Term 
(years)

—
$16.41
—
—
$16.41
16.59
—
—

$16.52

—
—
—
—
2.54
—
—
—

1.94

Additional information with regards to outstanding restricted stock units that are vesting or expected to 

vest as of March 31, 2012, is as follows (in thousands, except year reference):

Vested and expected to vest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value
$16.52

Shares 
1,440

Weighted Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Term 
(years)
1.94

RSU’s outstanding that are expected to vest are presented net of estimated future forfeitures, which are 

estimated as compensation costs are recognized. No RSU’s became vested during fiscal year 2012.

9.  Commitments and Contingencies

Facilities and Equipment Under Operating Lease Agreements

With the exception of the Apex facility in Tucson, Arizona and our corporate headquarters under 
construction, we lease our facilities and certain equipment under operating lease agreements, some of which 
have renewal options. Certain of these arrangements provide for lease payment increases based upon future 
fair market rates. As of May 1, 2012, our principal leased facilities, located in Austin, Texas, consisted of 
approximately 214,000 square feet of office space. This leased space includes our headquarters and engineering 
facility, which has 197,000 square feet, of which we have subleased approximately 15,000 square feet. Our 
principal leased facilities in Austin, Texas also include 17,000 square feet of leased space at our failure analysis 
facility with lease terms that extend into calendar year 2013. Both the lease and subleases at our current 
headquarters and engineering facility have terms ending in August 2012. Additional leased space related to the 

Page 54 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 55

OPERATOR PM8 

new corporate headquarters consists of approximately 30,000 square feet of office space in Austin, Texas. We 
expect the five year lease term to commence on our anticipated arrival date beginning June 2012. The Company 
also has approximately 28,000 square feet of office space in Tucson, Arizona with terms ending May 2015.

The aggregate minimum future rental commitments under all operating leases, net of sublease income, for 

the following fiscal years are (in thousands):

Facilities 

Subleases 

Net Facilities
Commitments

Equipment
Commitments

Total 
Commitments

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total minimum lease payments . . . . .

$3,652
1,470
993
942
972
163

$8,192

$381
—
—
—
—
—

$381

$3,271
1,470
993
942
972
163

$7,811

$ 12
9
4
1
—
—

$ 26

$3,283
1,479
997
943
972
163

$7,837

Total rent expense was approximately $4.7 million, $4.6 million, and $4.4 million, for fiscal years 2012, 

2011, and 2010, respectively. Sublease rental income was $0.4 million, $1.1 million, and $1.2 million, for fiscal 
years 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Wafer, Assembly and Test Purchase Commitments

We rely primarily on third-party foundries for our wafer manufacturing needs. As of March 31, 2012, we 
had agreements with multiple foundries for the manufacture of wafers. On December 22, 2011, the Company 
entered into a $10 million Capacity Investment and Loading Agreement with STATS ChipPAC Ltd (Supplier 
Agreement) in order to secure assembly and test capacity for certain products. We paid an initial $5 million 
payment on January 24, 2012, and the remaining $5 million payment is due thirty days after certain capacity 
expansion commitments have been achieved by STATS ChipPAC and is recorded on the consolidated balance 
sheet under the caption “Supplier Agreement”. As part of the agreement, we are eligible to receive rebates on 
our purchases up to the full amount of the specified $10 million in the Supplier Agreement upon our meeting 
certain purchase volume milestones. Based on our current projections, we expect to receive the full amount of 
our $10 million payments back in rebates during the term of the agreement. Other than the previously mentioned 
agreement, our foundry agreements do not have volume purchase commitments or “take or pay” clauses and 
provide for purchase commitments based on purchase orders. Cancellation fees or other charges may apply and 
are generally dependent upon whether wafers have been started or the stage of the manufacturing process at 
which the notice of cancellation is given. As of March 31, 2012, we had foundry commitments of $46.3 million.

In addition to our wafer supply arrangements, we contract with third-party assembly vendors to package 
the wafer die into finished products. Assembly vendors provide fixed-cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in 
the semiconductor industry. We had non-cancelable assembly purchase orders with numerous vendors totaling 
$1.0 million at March 31, 2012.

Test vendors provide fixed-cost-per-unit pricing, as is common in the semiconductor industry. Our total 

non-cancelable commitment for outside test services as of March 31, 2012 was $2.7 million.

Other open purchase orders as of March 31, 2012 amount to $0.9 million and primarily relate to raw 
material costs incurred in our facility in Tucson, Arizona, which continues to serve as the assembly and test 
facility for our Apex products.

10.  Legal Matters

From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with 
the conduct of our business activities. We regularly evaluate the status of legal proceedings in which we are 
involved, to assess whether a loss is probable or there is a reasonable possibility that a loss or additional loss 
may have been incurred and determine if accruals are appropriate. We further evaluate each legal proceeding to 
assess whether an estimate of possible loss or range of loss can be made, if accruals are not appropriate.

Page 55 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 56

OPERATOR PM8 

On September 1, 2011, HSM Portfolio LLC and Technology Properties Limited LLC (collectively, the 

“Plaintiffs”) filed suit against Cirrus Logic and 17 other defendants in the U.S. District Court, District of 
Delaware. The Plaintiffs allege that Cirrus Logic infringed U.S. Patent No. 5,030,853. In their complaint, the 
Plaintiffs indicated that they are seeking unspecified monetary damages, including up to treble damages for 
willful infringement. On March 8, 2012, Cirrus Logic settled the matter and paid the Plaintiffs $100 thousand to 
fully resolve the lawsuit. The case was dismissed effective March 28, 2012.

In fiscal year 2011 the Company recorded $162 thousand in settlement for certain litigation expenses settled 

during the year.

In fiscal year 2010, a combined net proceeds of $2.6 million from various settled litigation was recorded.

11.  Patent Agreement, Net

On July 13, 2010, we entered into a patent purchase agreement for the sale of certain Company owned 
patents. As a result of this agreement, on August 31, 2010, the Company received cash consideration of $4.0 
million from the purchaser. The proceeds were recorded as a recovery of costs previously incurred and are 
reflected as a separate line item on the consolidated statement of operations in operating expenses under the 
caption “Patent agreement, net.”

On June 11, 2009, we entered into a patent purchase agreement for the sale of certain Company owned 

patents and on August 26, 2009, the Company received cash consideration of $1.4 million from the purchaser. 
The proceeds were recorded as a recovery of costs previously incurred and are reflected as a separate line item 
on the consolidated statement of operations in operating expenses under the caption “Patent agreement, net.”

12.  Stockholders’ Equity

Share Repurchase Program

On November 4, 2010, we announced that an $80 million share repurchase program had been approved by 

our Board of Directors. As of March 31, 2012, we have repurchased approximately 5.1 million shares at a cost 
of $79.5 million, or an average price of $15.51 per share. Of this total, during the current fiscal year we have 
repurchased 4.9 million shares at a cost of $76.8 million, or an average cost of $15.63 per share.

In fiscal year 2011, the Company completed the repurchase of approximately 1.8 million shares of the 
Company’s common stock, at a total cost of $22.8 million, or $12.94 per share. Of this amount, 1.5 million shares 
of the Company’s common stock were repurchased pursuant to the remaining portion of the $20 million share 
repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors in January 2009. The remaining 0.3 million shares 
came from the $80 million share repurchase program announced on November 4, 2010. As of March 31, 2012, 
approximately $0.5 million remains available for share repurchases under this $80 million share repurchase program.

All shares of our common stock that were repurchased under these share repurchase programs were 

cancelled upon consummation of the daily repurchase transactions.

Preferred Stock

We have 5.0 million shares of Preferred Stock authorized. As of March 31, 2012 we have not issued any of 

the authorized shares.

13.  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Our accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and 

unrealized gains and losses on investments classified as available-for-sale. The foreign currency translation 
adjustments are not currently adjusted for income taxes because they relate to indefinite investments in non-U.S. 
subsidiaries that have since changed from a foreign functional currency to a U.S dollar functional currency.

Page 56 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 57

OPERATOR PM8 

The following table summarizes the changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, 

net of tax (in thousands):

Foreign 
Currency

Unrealized Gains 
(Losses) on Securities

Balance, March 27, 2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current-period activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, March 26, 2011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current-period activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(770)
—

(770)
—

$ 121
(105)

16
(8)

Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(770)

$

8

Total

$ (649)
(105)

(754)
(8)

$ (762)

14. 

Income Taxes

Income before income taxes consisted of (in thousands):

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended
March 31, 2012 March 26, 2011 March 27, 2010

$79,425
558

$79,983

$83,569
645

$84,214

$24,289
2,394

$26,683

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of (in thousands):

Year Ended
March 31, 2012 March 26, 2011 March 27, 2010

Current:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current tax provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,322
518
261

$ 2,101

$

$

163
312
204

679

Deferred:

U.S.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total deferred tax benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(10,102)
1

(10,101)

$(120,057)
89

(119,968)

$

$

(75)
8
264

197

$(11,787)
(125)

(11,912)

Total tax benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (8,000)

$(119,289)

$(11,715)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory 

federal rate to pretax income as follows (in percentages):

Expected income tax provision at the U.S. federal statutory rate . . .
Valuation allowance changes affecting the provision of income 

taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign taxes at different rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign earnings taxed in the U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refundable R&D credit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock compensation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nondeductible expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Benefit for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 57 of 67

March 31, 
2012

Year Ended
March 26, 
2011

March 27, 
2010

35.0

35.0

35.0

(46.7)
—
—
—
1.0
0.1
0.6

(10.0)

(178.6)
0.1
—
—
(0.1)
1.1
0.9

(141.6)

(80.5)
(2.7)
0.2
(0.3)
4.2
0.4
(0.2)

(43.9)

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 58

OPERATOR PM8 

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are (in thousands):

Year Ended

March 31, 
2012 

March 26, 
2011 

Deferred tax assets:

Inventory valuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses and allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development tax credit carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State tax credit carryforwards  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and Amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

3,240
3,656
105,220
36,032
244
9,779
—
18,747

$

4,494
3,017
131,331
37,464
250
14,773
159
14,807

Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 176,918
(29,075)

$ 206,295
(68,380)

Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 147,843

$ 137,915

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

287
5,348

5,635

$

$

—
5,861

5,861

Total net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 142,208

$ 132,054

These net deferred tax assets have been categorized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

Current deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term deferred tax assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term deferred tax liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

March 31, 
2012 

$ 53,137
89,071
—

March 26, 
2011 

$ 30,797
102,136
(879)

Total net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$142,208

$132,054

The current and long-term deferred tax assets are disclosed separately under their respective captions on 

the consolidated balance sheets, while the long term deferred tax liabilities are aggregated under the caption 
“Other long-term liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.

The valuation allowance decreased by $39.3 million in fiscal year 2012 and $157.8 million in fiscal 
year 2011. In 2012 and 2011, the Company evaluated the ability to realize its deferred tax assets by using 
a three year forecast to determine the amount of net operating losses and other deferred tax assets that 
would be utilized if we achieved the results set forth in our three-year forecast. The forecasted income was 
more than sufficient to absorb the remaining Federal net operating losses, research credits and most other 
Federal deductions; therefore, the valuation allowance that had remained on these deferred tax assets was 
released except for research credits that expire within the next year. A valuation allowance was maintained 
on the Company’s capital loss carryforward because it will likely expire without being utilized. A valuation 
allowance was also maintained on various state net operating losses and credits due to the likelihood that 
they will expire or go unutilized because the Company no longer has a significant apportionment in the 
jurisdiction in which the attribute was created.

Page 58 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 59

OPERATOR PM8 

At March 31, 2012, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of $353.8 million. Of that amount, 
$36.6 million related to companies we acquired during fiscal year 2002 and are, therefore, subject to certain 
limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Because the Company has elected the “with and 
without” method for purposes of tracking its excess stock deductions, the amount of Federal net operating loss 
included in deferred tax assets is $276 million, which yields a tax effected deferred tax asset of $96.6 million. 
The Company had $77.8 million of excess stock deductions which are not included in deferred tax assets. 
The tax benefit from these deductions will increase additional paid-in capital when they are deemed realized 
under the “with and without” method. We had net operating losses in various states that total $104.8 million. 
The federal net operating loss carryforwards expire in fiscal years 2019 through 2029. The state net operating 
loss carryforwards expire in fiscal years 2013 through 2029. We also have non-U.S. net operating losses of 
$2.1 million, which do not expire.

There are federal research and development credit carryforwards of $21.4 million that expire in fiscal 

years 2013 through 2032. There are $14.6 million of state research and development credits. Of that amount, 
$2.9 million will expire in fiscal years 2022 through 2027. The remaining $11.7 million of state research and 
development credits are not subject to expiration.

We have approximately $185 thousand of cumulative undistributed earnings in certain non-U.S. 
subsidiaries. We have not recognized a deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings because the 
Company currently intends to reinvest these earnings in operations outside the U.S. The unrecognized deferred 
tax liability on these earnings is approximately $66 thousand.

We record unrecognized tax benefits for the estimated risk associated with tax positions taken on tax 

returns. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows 
(in thousands):

Balance at March 26, 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions for tax positions of prior years  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions related to expirations of statutes of limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Balance at March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 0
—
—
—
—

$ 0

The Company does not believe that its unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease 

during the next 12 months.

We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for 

income taxes. We did not record any interest or penalties during fiscal year 2012.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in multiple 
state and foreign jurisdictions. Fiscal years 2009 through 2012 remain open to examination by the major taxing 
jurisdictions to which we are subject.

15.  Segment Information

We determine our operating segments in accordance with FASB guidelines. Our Chief Executive Officer 

(“CEO”) has been identified as the chief operating decision maker under these guidelines.

The Company operates and tracks its results in one reportable segment based on the aggregation of activity 
from its two product lines. Our CEO receives and uses enterprise-wide financial information to assess financial 
performance and allocate resources, rather than detailed information at a product line level. Additionally, our 
product lines have similar characteristics and customers. They share operations support functions such as 
sales, public relations, supply chain management, various research and development and engineering support, 

Page 59 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 60

OPERATOR PM8 

in addition to the general and administrative functions of human resources, legal, finance and information 
technology. Therefore, there is no complete, discrete financial information maintained for these product lines. 
Revenue from our product lines are as follows (in thousands):

Audio products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 
2012

$350,743
76,100

Year Ended
March 26, 
2011

$264,840
104,731

March 27, 
2010

$153,661
67,328

Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$426,843

$369,571

$220,989

Geographic Area

The following illustrates sales by geographic locations based on the sales office location (in thousands):

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
United Kingdom  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hong Kong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Korea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taiwan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-U.S. countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

March 31, 
2012

$ 50,230
23,927
294,143
8,671
15,196
9,781
10,662
13,063
1,170

Year Ended
March 26, 
2011

$ 66,701
27,398
205,775
9,216
16,902
12,413
13,073
16,012
2,081

March 27, 
2010

$ 47,936
17,156
103,992
5,611
12,335
10,134
10,585
12,381
859

Total consolidated sales  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$426,843

$369,571

$220,989

The following illustrates property, plant and equipment, net, by geographic locations, based on physical 

location (in thousands):

Page 60 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 61

OPERATOR PM8 

Year Ended
March 31, 2012 March 26, 2011

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
United Kingdom  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hong Kong. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Korea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taiwan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total consolidated property, plant and equipment, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$66,530
20
158
3
167
6
83
11

$66,978

$33,977
29
117
3
377
4
44
12

$34,563

16.  Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following quarterly results have been derived from our audited annual consolidated financial 

statements. In the opinion of management, this unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same 
basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments, including normal recurring 
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this quarterly information. This information should be read 
along with the financial statements and related notes. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily 
indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

The unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for each quarter of fiscal years 2012 and 2011 were as 

follows (in thousands, except per share data):

Net sales  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net sales  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross margin  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1st 
Quarter

$92,242
47,709
9,178
0.14
0.13

$

1st 
Quarter

$81,915
46,735
17,602
0.26
0.25

$

Fiscal Year 2012
3rd 
Quarter

2nd 
Quarter

$101,602
54,355
11,247
0.17
0.17

$

$122,368
66,030
16,731
0.26
0.25

$

Fiscal Year 2011
3rd 
2nd 
Quarter
Quarter

$100,598
56,780
30,874
0.45
0.42

$

$95,625
52,462
24,621
0.36
0.34

$

4th 
Quarter 

(1)

$110,631
62,347
50,827
0.79
0.75

$

4th 
Quarter 

(2)

$ 91,433
46,018
130,406
1.91
1.80

$

(1)  The $39.5 million tax benefit recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 favorably impacted net income, as 

a result of a $37.3 million release in valuation allowance on deferred tax assets.

Page 61 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 62

OPERATOR PM8 

(2)  Net income was favorably impacted by a $117.0 million benefit to tax expense to decrease the valuation 

allowance on our U.S. deferred tax assets, which was partially offset by reduced gross margins 
attributable to a charge of approximately $4.2 million due to a production issue with a new audio 
device that entered high volume production in March 2011.

17.  Subsequent Event

On April 19, 2012, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with Wells 

Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and issuing lender, Barclays Bank, as syndication 
agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Barclays Capital, as joint lead arrangers and co-book managers. The 
aggregate borrowing limit under the unsecured revolving credit facility is $100 million with a $15 million letter 
of credit sublimit and is intended to provide the Company with short-term borrowings for working capital and 
other general corporate purposes. The interest rate payable is, at the Company’s election, (i) a base rate plus the 
applicable margin, where the base rate is determined by reference to the highest of 1) the prime rate publicly 
announced by the administrative agent, 2) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, and 3) LIBOR for a one month 
period plus the difference between the applicable margin for LIBOR rate loans and the applicable margin for 
base rate loans, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin that varies according to the leverage ratio of 
the borrower. Certain representations and warranties are required under the Credit Agreement, and the borrower 
must be in compliance with specified financial covenants, including (i) the requirement that the Company 
maintain a ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA of not greater than 1.75 to 1.0, 
computed in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and (ii) a minimum ratio of consolidated 
EBITDA to consolidated interest expense of not less than 3.50 to 1.0.

Page 62 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 63

OPERATOR PM8 

ITEM 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation 

of the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of March 31, 
2012. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s CEO and CFO have concluded that such disclosure controls and 
procedures were effective in alerting them in a timely manner to material information relating to the Company 
required to be included in its periodic reports filed with the SEC.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 

reporting, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our 
management, including our CEO and CFO, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 
reporting as of the end of the period covered by this report based on the framework in “Internal Control-
Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Because of its inherent limitation, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and that the degree of compliance with 
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management has concluded that our 
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2012, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an attestation report 
on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2012, included in 
Item 8 of this report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter 

ended March 31, 2012, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting.

Page 63 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 64

OPERATOR PM8 

PART III

ITEM 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

The information set forth in the proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with our 

Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on July 26, 2012 (the “Proxy Statement”) under the headings 
Corporate Governance - Board Meetings and Committees, Corporate Governance – Audit Committee, 
Proposals to be Voted on – Proposal No. 1 - Election of Directors, Summary of Executive Compensation, and 
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.  Executive Compensation

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Director Compensation 

Arrangements, Compensation Discussion and Analysis, Compensation Committee Report, and Proposals to be 
Voted on – Proposal No. 3 – Advisory Vote to Approve Named Executive Officer Compensation is incorporated 
herein by reference.

ITEM 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Equity Compensation Plan Information 

and Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings Certain Relationships and Related 

Transactions and Corporate Governance is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading Audit and Non-Audit Fees and Services 

is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15.  Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements

▪	 Reports	of	Ernst	&	Young	LLP,	Independent	Registered	Public	Accounting	Firm.

▪	 Consolidated	Balance	Sheets	as	of	March	31,	2012,	and	March	26,	2011.

▪	 Consolidated	Statements	of	Operations	for	the	fiscal	years	ended	March	31,	2012,	March	26,	

2011, and March 27, 2010.

▪	 Consolidated	Statements	of	Cash	Flows	for	the	fiscal	years	ended	March	31,	2012,	March	26,	

2011, and March 27, 2010.

▪	 Consolidated	Statements	of	Stockholders’	Equity	for	the	fiscal	years	ended	March	31,	2012,	

March 26, 2011, and March 27, 2010.

▪	 Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements.

Page 64 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 65

OPERATOR PM8 

2.  Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts 

sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the 
consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3.  Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of or incorporated by reference into this Report:

3.1
3.2 
10.1 +
10.2 +
10.3 +
10.4 +
10.5 +
10.6 +

10.7 +

10.8 +
10.9 +

10.10 +

10.11 +
10.12 +
10.13 

10.14 

10.15

10.16

10.17
10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21
10.22 
10.23*
10.24

Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 26, 1998. (1)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (2) 
1990 Directors’ Stock Option Plan, as amended. (3)
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 1996 Stock Plan, as amended and restated as of December 4, 2007. (4)
2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended. (5)
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (6)
Form of Stock Option Agreement for options granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (14)
Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option for options granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive 
Plan. (6)
Form of Stock Option Agreement for Outside Directors under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive 
Plan. (7)
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. (8)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for U.S. Employees under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock 
Incentive Plan. (14)
Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units granted under the Cirrus Logic, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive 
Plan. (14)
2007 Executive Severance and Change of Control Plan, effective as of October 1, 2007. (9)
2007 Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan, as amended on February 15, 2008. (10)
Lease Agreement by and between Desta Five Partnership, Ltd. and Registrant, dated November 10, 2000, for 
192,000 square feet located at 2901 Via Fortuna, Austin, Texas. (1)
Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement by and between Desta Five Partnership, Ltd. and Registrant dated 
November 10, 2000. (11)
Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement by and between Desta Five Partnership, Ltd. and Registrant dated 
November 10, 2000. (5)
Amendment No. 3 to Lease Agreement by and between Desta Five Partnership, Ltd. and Registrant dated 
November 10, 2000. (12)
The Revised Stipulation of Settlement dated March 10, 2009 (13)
Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between Fortis Communities-Austin, L.P. and Registrant dated 
March 24, 2010. (15) 
First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between Fortis Communities-Austin, L.P. and 
Registrant dated May 14, 2010. (15)
Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between Fortis Communities-Austin, L.P. and 
Registrant dated June 7, 2010. (16)
General Contractors Agreement by Registrant dated January 25, 2011. (17)
Amendment to General Contractors Agreement by Registrant dated January 12, 2012. (18)
Amendment to General Contractors Agreement by Registrant dated January 23, 2012. 
Credit Agreement dated April 19, 2012 among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender, Barclays Bank, as Syndication Agent, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC 
and Barclays Capital, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Co-Book Managers, and the lenders referred to therein. (19)
Code of Conduct. (20)
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Power of Attorney (see signature page). 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

14 
23.1*
24.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*#
32.2*#
101.INS*# XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*# XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*# XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

Page 65 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 66

OPERATOR PM8 

101.LAB*# XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*# XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*# XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

+  Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
*  Filed with this Form 10-K.
#  Not considered to be “filed” for the purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or 

otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section.

(1) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 

2001, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2001 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(2) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 26, 2011.

(3) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC 

on August 10, 2001 (Registration No. 333-67322).

(4) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on January 30, 

2008.

(5) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 

2003, filed with the SEC on June 13, 2003 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(6) Incorporated by reference from Registration’s Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on August 1, 

2006 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(7) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 1, 2007.

(8) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 5, 

2007.

(9) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 3, 2007.

(10) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 

2008, filed with the SEC on May 29, 2008 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(11) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 

2002, filed with the SEC on June 19, 2002 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(12) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 25, 

2006, filed with the SEC on May 25, 2006 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(13) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2009.

(14) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 7, 2010.

(15) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 27, 

2010, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2010 (Registration No. 000-17795).

(16) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on July 20, 2010.

(17) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on January 27, 

2011.

(18) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on January 26, 

2012.

(19) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 25, 2012.

(20) Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 27, 

2004, filed with the SEC on June 9, 2004 (Registration No. 000-17795).

Page 66 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 67

OPERATOR PM8 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized.

Signatures

CIRRUS LOGIC, INC.

By:  /s/ Thurman K. Case
Thurman K. Case
 Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and 
Chief Accounting Officer
May 30, 2012

KNOW BY THESE PRESENT, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints 
Thurman K. Case, his attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign 
any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in 
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that 
each of the attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the following persons on behalf of the 

Registrant, in the capacities and on the dates indicated have signed this report below:

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ 

 Jason P. rhode
Jason P. Rhode

/s/  Thurman K. Case
Thurman K. Case

/s/  John C. CarTer
John C. Carter

/s/  TimoThy r. dehne
Timothy R. Dehne

/s/  William d. sherman
William D. Sherman

/s/  alan r. sChuele
Alan R. Schuele

/s/  roberT h. smiTh
Robert H. Smith

/s/  susan Wang
Susan Wang

President and Chief Executive Officer

May 30, 2012

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and May 30, 2012
Chief Accounting Officer

May 30, 2012

May 30, 2012

May 30, 2012

May 30, 2012

May 30, 2012

May 30, 2012

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Page 67 of 67

JOB TITLE Cirrus 10-K

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

JOB NUMBER 231262

TYPE

PAGE NO. 68

OPERATOR PM8 

(This page intentionally left blank.)

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO.

i

OPERATOR PM8 

JASON P. RHODE
President and Chief Executive Officer

May 30, 2012

To our Stockholders:

I am pleased to invite you to attend the annual meeting of stockholders of Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
to  be  held  on  Thursday,  July  26,  2012,  at  11:00  a.m.  at  Cirrus  Logic,  Inc.,  800  West  6th  Street, 
Austin, Texas 78701. Details regarding admission to the meeting and the business to be conducted 
are more fully described in the accompanying Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy 
Statement.

We  are  also  pleased  to  be  furnishing  proxy  materials  to  our  stockholders  using  the  Internet. 
We believe this process expedites stockholders’ receipt of proxy materials and lowers the cost of 
our annual meeting. Instead of mailing a paper copy of our proxy materials to our stockholders, we 
are mailing a notice with instructions for accessing the proxy materials and voting via the Internet. 
The notice also provides information on how stockholders may obtain paper copies of our proxy 
materials if they so choose. 

Your vote is important. Whether or not you plan to attend the annual meeting, I hope you will 
vote as soon as possible. Although you may vote in person at the annual meeting, you may also vote 
over the Internet, as well as by telephone, or by mailing a proxy card. Voting over the Internet, by 
telephone, or by written proxy will ensure your representation at the annual meeting if you do not 
attend in person. Please review the instructions on the Notice of Internet Availability or the proxy 
card regarding each of these voting options.

Cirrus Logic values the participation of its stockholders. Your vote is an important part of our 

system of corporate governance and I strongly encourage you to participate.

Sincerely,

Jason P. Rhode 
President and Chief Executive Officer

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO.

ii

OPERATOR PM8 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 

Notice of Annual Stockholders’ Meeting   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Questions and Answers about the Proxy Materials, the Annual Meeting, and Voting Procedures . . 2

Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Director Compensation Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Proposals to be Voted on:

Proposal No 1:  Election of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Proposal No 2: 

 Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public  
Accounting Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17

Proposal No 3:  Advisory Vote to Approve Named Executive Officer Compensation . . . . 17

Other Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Executive Officers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Compensation Discussion and Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Compensation Committee Report  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Consideration of Risk Related to Compensation Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Executive Compensation Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Equity Compensation Plan Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Report of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Audit and Non-Audit Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Householding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Communicating with Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Annex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Exhibit A – Charter of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Exhibit B – Corporate Governance Guidelines  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B -1

A copy of Cirrus Logic, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K is included with this Proxy Statement. Copies 
of these documents are available on our Web site at www.cirrus.com. You also may receive copies of these 
documents at no charge upon request directed to:

Cirrus Logic Investor Relations 
800 West 6th Street, Austin, Texas 78701 
telephone: (512) 851-4125; email: Investor.Relations@cirrus.com

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 1

OPERATOR PM8 

Annual Stockholders’ Meeting

July 26, 2012 
YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT

Notice

Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company,” “our,” or “we”) will hold its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
as follows:

Thursday, July 26, 2012 
11:00 A.M. (Central Daylight Time) 
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
800 West 6th Street 
Austin, Texas 78701

At the meeting, stockholders will vote on the following matters:

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

the election of six Company directors for one-year terms;

the ratification of the appointment of Ernst &Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”) as our 
independent registered public accounting firm; 

 an advisory (non-binding) vote to approve named executive officer compensation; and 

such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

You can vote four different ways. You can vote by attending the meeting, by telephone, by the Internet, 
or by proxy card. For specific voting information, please see “Questions and Answers about the Proxy 
Materials, the Annual Meeting, and Voting Procedures” on page 2.

Stockholders of record at the close of business on May 29, 2012 (the “Record Date”), are entitled to 
vote. On that day, approximately 65 million shares of the Company common stock were outstanding. 
Each share entitles the holder to one vote.

The Board of Directors of the Company asks you to vote in favor of these proposals. This proxy 
statement provides you with detailed information about each proposal. We are also using this proxy 
statement to discuss our corporate governance and compensation practices and philosophies.

We encourage you to read this proxy statement carefully. In addition, you may obtain information 
about the Company from the Annual Report to Stockholders and from other documents that we have 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 2

OPERATOR PM8 

PROXY STATEMENT

2012 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
To Be Held Thursday, July 26, 2012

Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
800 West 6th Street 
Austin, Texas 78701 
www.cirrus.com

These proxy materials are furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board 
of Directors (“Board”) of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company,” “our,” or “we”) for use at our 2012 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders and any adjournments or postponements of the meeting (the “Annual 
Meeting”). The Annual Meeting will be held on July 26, 2012, at 11:00 a.m., central time, at our 
principal executive offices, 800 West 6th Street, Austin, Texas 78701.

Beginning on or about June 13, 2012, Cirrus has made available on the Internet or delivered paper 
copies of these proxy materials by mail in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of 
Cirrus for proposals to be voted on at the Company’s Annual Meeting.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE PROXY MATERIALS, 
THE ANNUAL MEETING, AND VOTING PROCEDURES

Q:  Why am I receiving these materials?
A:   Our Board, on behalf of the Company, is soliciting your proxy for the annual meeting of 

stockholders to take place on July 26, 2012. As a stockholder, you are invited to attend the meeting 
and are entitled to and requested to vote on the proposals described in this proxy statement.

Q:  What information is contained in these materials?
A:   The information included in this proxy statement relates to the proposals to be voted on at the 
meeting, the voting process, the compensation of directors and our most highly paid executive 
officers, and certain other required information. Our 2012 Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 
10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, is also included. 

 If you requested and received a copy of these materials by mail or e-mail, then the proxy materials 
also include a proxy card or a voting instruction card for the Annual Meeting. 

Q:   Why did I receive a notice in the mail regarding the Internet availability of the proxy materials 

instead of a paper copy of the proxy materials?

A:   We are complying with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) rule that allows 
companies to furnish their proxy materials over the Internet. As a result, we are mailing to our 
stockholders a notice about the Internet availability of the proxy materials instead of a paper copy 
of the proxy materials. All stockholders receiving the notice will have the ability to access the 
proxy materials over the Internet, or alternatively, request to receive a copy of the proxy materials 
by mail or e-mail. 

Q.  How can I access the proxy materials over the Internet?
A:   Your notice about the Internet availability of the proxy materials contains instructions regarding 

how to: 
●	
●	
●	

view	our	proxy	materials	for	the	Annual	Meeting	on	the	Internet;	
request	a	paper	copy	of	our	proxy	materials	for	the	Annual	Meeting;	and	
instruct	us	to	send	our	future	proxy	materials	to	you	electronically	by	e-mail.

Q:  How may I obtain a paper copy of the proxy materials?
A:   Stockholders receiving a notice about the Internet availability of the proxy materials will find 

instructions regarding how to obtain a paper copy of the proxy materials in their notice.

2

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 3

OPERATOR PM8 

Q:   What if I receive more than one notice about the Internet availability of the proxy materials or 

more than one paper copy of the proxy materials? 

A:   If you receive more than one Notice or set of proxy materials, it means your shares are registered 
differently or are in more than one account. To vote all your shares by proxy, you must vote for all 
notices you receive, or for all proxy cards and voting instruction cards you received upon request.

Q:  What proposals will be voted on at the meeting?
A:  There are three proposals scheduled to be voted on at the meeting:

●	
●	

●	

the	election	of	six	directors;	
the	ratification	of	the	appointment	of	Ernst	&	Young	LLP	(“Ernst	&	Young”)	as	our	
independent registered public accounting firm; and
an	advisory	(non-binding)	vote	to	approve	named	executive	officer	compensation.

Q:  What is Cirrus Logic’s voting recommendation?
A: 

●	
●	

●	

Our Board recommends that you vote your shares as follows:
“FOR”	each	of	the	director	nominees;	
“FOR”	the	ratification	of	the	appointment	of	Ernst	&	Young	as	our	independent	registered	
public accounting firm; and
“FOR”	the	approval,	on	a	non-binding,	advisory	basis,	of	our	named	executive	officer	
compensation as described in this Proxy Statement

Q:  Who is entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting?
A:   Stockholders of record at the close of business on May 29, 2012 (the “Record Date”) are entitled to 

vote.

Q:  What shares owned by me can be voted?
A:   All shares owned by you as of the close of business on the Record Date may be voted by you. 

These shares include (1) shares held directly in your name as the stockholder of record, including 
shares purchased through the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and (2) shares held for 
you as the beneficial owner through a stockbroker or bank.

Q:   What  is  the  difference  between  holding  shares  as  a  stockholder  of  record  and  as  a  beneficial 

owner?

A:   Most stockholders of the Company hold their shares through a stockbroker, bank, or other nominee 
rather than directly in their own name. As summarized below, there are some distinctions between 
shares held of record and those owned beneficially.

Stockholder of Record 
If your shares are registered directly in your name with the Company’s transfer agent, 
Computershare Investor Services, you are considered, with respect to those shares, the stockholder 
of record, and you have the right to vote by proxy by following the instructions in the Notice of 
Internet Availability of the proxy materials or to vote in person at the meeting. 

Beneficial Owner 
If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are 
considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name, and your broker or nominee is 
considered, with respect to those shares, the stockholder of record. As the beneficial owner, you 
have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote and are also invited to attend the 
meeting. However, since you are not the stockholder of record, you may not vote these shares at the 
meeting unless you obtain a signed proxy from your broker or nominee giving you the right to vote 
the shares. 

Q:  How can I vote my shares in person at the meeting?
A:   Shares held directly in your name as the stockholder of record may be voted in person at the annual 
meeting. If you choose to do so, please bring the enclosed proxy card or proof of identification.

3

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 4

OPERATOR PM8 

Even if you currently plan to attend the annual meeting, we recommend that you also submit your 
proxy in advance of the meeting so that your vote will be counted if you later decide not to attend 
the meeting. Shares held in street name may be voted in person by you only if you obtain a signed 
proxy from your broker or nominee giving you the right to vote the shares.

Q:  How can I vote my shares without attending the meeting?
A:   Whether you hold shares directly as the stockholder of record or beneficially in street name, you 
may direct your vote without attending the meeting. You may vote by granting a proxy or by 
submitting voting instructions to your broker or other nominee for shares held in street name. In 
most instances, you will be able to do this over the Internet, by telephone, or by mail. If you are the 
stockholder of record, please refer to the summary instructions below and those included on your 
Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials. If you hold shares in street name, you should 
refer to the voting instruction card provided to you by your broker or nominee. Stockholders who 
have requested and received a paper copy of a proxy card or voting instruction card by mail may 
also vote over the Internet by following the instructions included with those materials. 

BY INTERNET— If you have Internet access, you may vote by following the instructions on the 
Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials. If you have requested and received a paper 
copy of a proxy card or voting instruction card, you may also vote over the Internet by following 
the instructions included with those materials. 

BY TELEPHONE— If you have requested and received a paper copy of a proxy card or voting 
instruction card, you may vote by telephone by following the instructions on the proxy card. You 
will need to have the control number that appears on your Notice of Internet Availability of the 
proxy materials available when voting by telephone. 

BY MAIL— If you have requested and received a paper copy of a proxy card or voting instruction 
card by mail, you may submit a proxy by signing your proxy card and mailing it in the enclosed, 
postage prepaid and addressed envelope. If you sign but do not provide instructions, your shares 
will be voted as described in “How Are Votes Counted?” below.

Q:   What if I hold shares in street name and do not transmit voting instructions before the stockholder 

meeting to my broker or nominee?

A:   Effective January 1, 2010, your broker is no longer permitted to vote on your behalf on non-routine 
matters if you are a beneficial owner of shares held in street name and you do not transmit your 
voting instructions before the stockholder meeting to your broker or nominee. The election of 
directors (Proposal 1) and the advisory vote to approve named executive officer compensation 
(Proposal 3) are considered non-routine matters. Therefore, if you do not transmit your voting 
instructions to your broker or other nominee, then they cannot vote on these non-routine matters 
and your vote will be counted as “broker non-votes” as further described in the response to “How 
are abstentions and broker non-votes counted?” below.

Q:  Can I revoke my proxy?
A:   You may revoke your proxy instructions at any time prior to the vote at the annual meeting. For 
shares held directly in your name, you may revoke your proxy instructions by granting a new 
proxy bearing a later date (that automatically revokes the earlier proxy) or by attending the annual 
meeting and voting in person. Attendance at the annual meeting will not cause your previously 
granted proxy to be revoked unless you specifically request it to be revoked. For shares held 
beneficially by you, you may revoke your proxy by submitting a new proxy to your broker or 
nominee.

Q:  What is the quorum requirement for the meeting?
A:   The quorum requirement for holding the meeting and transacting business is the presence, either in 
person or represented by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to be 
voted at the Annual Meeting. For this year’s annual meeting, both abstentions and broker non-votes 
are counted as present for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum.

4

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 5

OPERATOR PM8 

Q:  How are votes counted?
A:   In the election of directors, you may vote “FOR” all of the nominees or your vote may be 

“WITHHELD” with respect to one or more of the nominees. For the proposal to ratify the selection 
of Ernst & Young and the advisory vote on named executive officer compensation, you may vote 
“FOR,” “AGAINST,” or “ABSTAIN.” If you “ABSTAIN” on these matters, it has the same effect 
as a vote “AGAINST.” 

If you sign your proxy card with no further instructions, your shares will be voted in accordance 
with the recommendations of the Board. 

Q:  What is the voting requirement to approve each of the proposals?
A:   In the election of directors, the six persons receiving the highest number of “FOR” votes will 

be elected. All other proposals require the affirmative “FOR” vote of a majority of those shares 
present, either in person or represented by proxy, and entitled to vote. If you are a beneficial 
owner and do not provide your broker or nominee with voting instructions on a non-routine matter 
such as a director election, your shares may constitute broker non-votes, as described in “How 
are abstentions and broker non-votes counted?” below. In tabulating the voting results for any 
particular proposal, shares that constitute broker non-votes are not considered entitled to vote on 
that proposal. 

Q:  How are abstentions and broker non-votes counted?
A:   Abstentions are counted as present for purposes of determining the shares present and entitled to 
vote. However, an abstention is not a vote cast for purposes of counting votes, and therefore the 
effect of an abstention will be the same effect as a vote against a proposal as described in “How are 
votes counted?” above. Broker non-votes are not counted as shares present and entitled to be voted 
with respect to a matter on which the beneficial owner has expressly not voted. Generally, broker 
non-votes occur when shares held by a broker for a beneficial owner are not voted with respect to 
a particular proposal because the broker has not received voting instructions from the beneficial 
owner and the broker lacks discretionary voting power to vote the shares. 

Q:  How can I obtain an admission ticket for the meeting?
A:   Two cut-out admission tickets are included on the back of this proxy statement. A limited number 
of tickets are available for additional joint owners. To request additional tickets, please contact the 
Company’s Corporate Secretary at our headquarters. If you forget to bring an admission ticket, you 
will be admitted to the meeting only if you are listed as a stockholder of record as of the close of 
business on the Record Date, and you bring proof of identification. If you hold your shares through 
a broker or other nominee and fail to bring an admission ticket, you will need to provide proof of 
ownership by bringing either a copy of the Notice of Internet Availability of the proxy materials or 
a copy of a brokerage statement showing your share ownership as of the Record Date.

Q:  Where can I find the voting results of the meeting?
A:   We will announce preliminary voting results at the meeting and will file with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission via EDGAR a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days of 
the meeting with the final voting results. If final voting results are not available at the time of such 
filing, the Company intends to disclose preliminary vote results at the time of the filing and file an 
amended Form 8-K within four business days after obtaining the final results.

Q:  What happens if additional proposals are presented at the meeting?
A:   Other than the proposals described in this proxy statement, we do not expect any matters to be 
presented for a vote at the annual meeting. If you grant a proxy, the persons named as proxy 
holders, Scott Thomas, our Corporate Secretary, and Thurman Case, our Chief Financial Officer, 
will have the discretion to vote your shares on any additional matters properly presented for a vote 
at the meeting. If for any unforeseen reason any of our nominees is not available as a candidate 
for director, the persons named as proxy holders will vote your shares for such other candidate or 
candidates as may be nominated by the Board.

5

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 6

OPERATOR PM8 

Q:  What classes of shares are entitled to be voted?
A:   Each share of our common stock outstanding as of the Record Date is entitled to one vote on 

each item being voted upon at the annual meeting. On the Record Date, we had approximately 
64.5 million shares of common stock outstanding.

Q:  Is cumulative voting permitted for the election of directors?
A:  No.

Q:  Who will count the votes?
A:   A representative of Broadridge Investor Communications Solutions will tabulate the votes. A 

representative of the Company will act as the inspector of the election.

Q:  Is my vote confidential?
A:   Proxy instructions, ballots, and voting tabulations that identify individual stockholders are handled 
in a manner that protects your voting privacy. Your vote will not be disclosed either within the 
Company or to third parties except (1) as necessary to meet applicable legal requirements, (2) to 
allow for the tabulation of votes and certification of the vote, or (3) to facilitate a successful proxy 
solicitation by our Board. 

Q:  Who will bear the cost of soliciting votes for the meeting?
A:   The Company will pay the entire cost of soliciting proxies to be voted, along with the costs of 

preparing, assembling, printing, mailing, and distributing these proxy materials. If you choose to 
access the proxy materials and/or submit your proxy over the Internet or by telephone, however, 
you are responsible for Internet access or telephone charges you may incur. In addition to the 
mailing of these proxy materials, the solicitation of proxies or votes may be made by our directors, 
officers, and employees, either in person, by telephone, or by electronic communication. Our 
directors, officers and employees will not receive any additional compensation for the solicitation 
activities. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees, and fiduciaries 
for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for forwarding proxy and solicitation materials to our 
stockholders.

Q:   May I propose actions for consideration at next year’s annual meeting of stockholders or nominate 

individuals to serve as directors?

A:   You may make nominations and submit proposals for consideration at future stockholder meetings. 
Any proposal that a stockholder wishes to include in the Company’s proxy materials for the 2013 
annual meeting of stockholders, in accordance with the regulations of the SEC, must be received 
by no later than 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary date that the Company released this 
proxy statement for this year’s annual meeting. The written proposal will need to comply with 
the regulations of the SEC under Rule 14a-8 regarding the inclusion of stockholder proposals in 
company-sponsored proxy materials. Any proposal or nomination for election of directors that 
a stockholder wishes to propose for consideration at the 2013 annual meeting of stockholders, 
whether or not the stockholder wishes to include such proposal or nomination in our proxy 
statement under the applicable SEC rules, must be submitted in accordance with our Bylaws. To be 
considered timely, our Bylaws provide that such notice must be received at our principal executive 
offices no later than 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary date that the Company released this 
proxy statement for this year’s annual meeting. Proposals and nominations should be addressed to: 
Corporate Secretary, Cirrus Logic, Inc., 800 West 6th Street, Austin, Texas 78701.

Copy of Bylaw Provisions: You may contact the Company’s Corporate Secretary at our 
headquarters for a copy of the relevant Bylaw provisions regarding the requirements for making 
stockholder proposals and nominating director candidates.

6

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 7

OPERATOR PM8 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Board Meetings and Committees 
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, the Board held 7 meetings. Each director is expected to 
attend each meeting of the Board and the committees on which he or she serves. No director attended 
less than 75% of the aggregate of (i) the total number of board meetings; and (ii) the total number of 
meetings held by all committees of the Board on which he or she served. Directors are also expected 
to attend the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders absent a valid reason. All of the directors 
attended the Company’s 2011 annual meeting of stockholders.

We have three Board committees: Audit, Compensation, and Governance and Nominating. Each 
member of the Audit, Compensation, and Governance and Nominating Committees is independent 
in accordance with the applicable SEC rules and applicable The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (the 
“Nasdaq”) listing standards. Each committee has a written charter that has been approved by the 
Board. The current members of each committee are identified in the following table, and the function 
of each committee is described below.

On occasion, the Board may appoint special committees or designate directors to undertake special 
assignments on behalf of the Board. 

Name of Director
John C. Carter
Timothy R. Dehne
Jason P. Rhode
William D. Sherman
Alan R. Schuele
Robert H. Smith
Susan Wang
Number of Meetings  
Held in Fiscal Year  
Ended March 31, 2012

Independent
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Audit
X

Chair
X

8

Compensation
X
Chair

X

6

Governance and 
Nominating

X

Chair

X

4

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is currently composed of three directors. The responsibilities of the Committee 
include:

●	

●	

●	

●	

●	

●	

selecting,	retaining,	compensating,	overseeing,	evaluating	and,	where	appropriate,	terminating	
the Company’s independent auditors;

resolving	any	disagreements	between	management	and	the	independent	auditors	regarding	
financial reporting;

adopting	and	implementing	pre-approval	policies	and	procedures	for	audit	and	non-audit	
services to be rendered by the independent auditors; 

reviewing	with	management	and	the	independent	auditors	the	financial	information	and	the	
Management’s Discussion and Analysis proposed to be included in each of the Company’s 
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q prior to their filing; 

reviewing	before	release	the	unaudited	interim	financial	results	in	the	Company’s	quarterly	
earnings release;

reviewing	with	management	and	the	independent	auditors,	at	the	completion	of	the	annual	audit,	
the audited financial statements and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis proposed to be 
included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K prior to its filing and provide or review 

7

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 8

OPERATOR PM8 

judgments about the quality, not only the acceptability, of accounting principles, and such 
other matters required to be discussed with the independent auditors under generally accepted 
auditing standards; 

reviewing	and	approving,	if	appropriate,	material	changes	to	the	Company’s	auditing	and	
accounting principles and practices as suggested by the independent auditors or management;

establishing	procedures	for	(i)	the	receipt,	retention,	and	treatment	of	complaints	received	by	the	
Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters, and (ii) the 
confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding 
questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

evaluating	the	professional	competency	of	the	financial	staff	and	the	internal	auditors,	as	well	as	
the quality of their performance in discharging their respective responsibilities.

●	

●	

●	

The Board has determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee is able to read and 
understand fundamental financial statements and is independent under applicable Securities and 
Exchange Commission rules and applicable Nasdaq listing standards. The Board has determined 
that Susan Wang is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under applicable Securities and 
Exchange Commission rules.

For additional information relating to the Audit Committee, see the Report of the Audit Committee 
of the Board on page 45 of this proxy statement and the Audit Committee Charter, which is 
available under the Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on our Web site at 
investor.cirrus.com.

Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee is composed of three directors, each of whom is independent under 
applicable Nasdaq listing standards. The Committee reviews and approves salaries and other 
matters relating to executive compensation, and administers the Company’s stock incentive plans, 
including reviewing and granting stock incentive awards to executive officers and other employees 
and reviewing and approving policies and procedures for awarding grants under these plans. The 
Compensation Committee also reviews and recommends to the Board for approval various other 
Company compensation plans, policies, and matters related to the Company’s non-employee directors. 
For additional information relating to the Compensation Committee, see the Compensation Committee 
Charter, which is included as an Exhibit to this proxy statement. The charter is also available under the 
Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on our Web site at investor.cirrus.com. 

Governance and Nominating Committee
The Governance and Nominating Committee is composed of three directors, each of whom is 
independent under the applicable Nasdaq listing standards. This Committee provides counsel to the 
Board with respect to Board organization, membership, and function, as well as committee structure 
and membership. The Committee is also responsible for defining the qualifications for candidates for 
director positions, evaluating qualified candidates, recommending candidates to the Board for election 
as directors, and proposing a slate of directors for election by stockholders at each annual meeting. For 
more information relating to the Governance and Nominating Committee, see the Governance and 
Nominating Committee Charter, which is available under the Corporate Governance section of our 
“Investors” page on our Web site at investor.cirrus.com.

The Governance and Nominating Committee annually reviews the needs of the Board for various 
skills, experience, expected contributions, and other characteristics in determining the director 
candidates to be nominated at the annual meeting. The Governance and Nominating Committee will 
evaluate candidates for directors proposed by directors, stockholders, or management in light of the 
Committee’s views of the current needs of the Board for certain skills; the candidate’s background, 
skills, experience, or other characteristics; and the expected contributions and the qualification 
standards established from time to time by the Governance and Nominating Committee. If the 

8

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 9

OPERATOR PM8 

Committee believes that the Board requires additional candidates for nomination, the Committee 
may engage a third-party search firm to assist in identifying qualified candidates. All directors 
and nominees will submit a completed form of directors’ and officers’ questionnaire as part of the 
nominating process. The process may also include interviews and additional background and reference 
checks for non-incumbent nominees, at the discretion of the Governance and Nominating Committee. 
Although the Board does not have a formal policy specifying how diversity should be considered 
in making determinations regarding nominations of directors, the Governance and Nominating 
Committee does take into account the benefits of diverse backgrounds, viewpoints, and experiences, 
as well as the benefits of a constructive working relationship among directors, when evaluating 
candidates for the Board. 

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that members of the Board should possess 
certain basic personal and professional qualities in order to properly discharge their fiduciary duties 
to stockholders, provide effective oversight of the management of the Company, and monitor the 
Company’s adherence to principles of sound corporate governance. Therefore, the Committee has 
determined that nominees for election as director should have the following qualifications: (i) possess 
the highest personal and professional ethics, integrity and values; (ii) be committed to representing the 
long-term interests of the Company’s stockholders; (iii) have an inquisitive and objective perspective 
and mature judgment; (iv) possess strong business and financial acumen and judgment acquired 
through education, training or experience; (v) possess experience at policy-making levels in business, 
government, education or technology, and in areas that are relevant to the Company’s global business 
activities; (vi) have experience in matters of corporate governance; (vii) have experience in positions 
with a high degree of responsibility in the companies or institutions with which they are affiliated; and 
(viii) be prepared to devote appropriate time and attention to the Board and Committee duties required 
of a public company board member. Additionally, for non-employee director candidates, the nominees 
should have personal and business circumstances that permit them to serve on one or more of the 
various Committees of the Board. 

These are not meant to be the exclusive criteria, however, and the Committee will also consider the 
contributions that a candidate can be expected to make to the collective functioning of the Board based 
upon the totality of the candidate’s credentials, experience, and expertise; the composition of the Board 
at the time; and other relevant circumstances.

Stockholders are able to recommend individuals to the Governance and Nominating Committee for 
consideration as potential director nominees by submitting their names, together with appropriate 
biographical information and background materials, and a statement as to whether the stockholder 
or group of stockholders making the recommendation has beneficially owned more than 5% of the 
Company’s common stock for at least one year as of the date such recommendation is made. An 
eligible stockholder wishing to recommend a candidate must submit the following not less than 
120 calendar days prior to the anniversary of the date the proxy was released to the stockholders 
in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting: (A) a recommendation that identifies the 
candidate and provides contact information; (B) the written consent of the candidate to serve as a 
director of the Company, if elected; and (C) documentation establishing that the stockholder making 
the recommendation is an eligible stockholder. 

Recommendations should be submitted to:

Governance and Nominating Committee 
c/o Corporate Secretary 
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
800 West 6th Street 
Austin, Texas 78701

The Committee will consider stockholder-recommended candidates pursuant to the Nominations 
Process outlined in the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

9

 
 
 
 
 
JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 10

OPERATOR PM8 

Stockholders also have the right under the Company’s Bylaws to nominate candidates for election as 
directors by following the procedures, providing the information and conforming to the submission 
deadlines specified in the Company’s Bylaws. Please see “Questions and Answers about the Proxy 
Materials, the Annual Meeting and Voting Procedures – May I propose actions for consideration at 
next year’s annual meeting of stockholders or nominate individuals to serve as directors?” for further 
information.

Determination of Independence
The Board, which currently consists of seven directors, has determined that five of the six nominated 
directors are independent as defined by (the “Nasdaq”) applicable listing standards. Specifically, 
the Governance and Nominating Committee has reviewed the independence of each director and 
determined that Messrs. Carter, Dehne, Schuele, and Sherman, and Ms. Wang qualify as independent 
directors under this standard.  

Corporate Governance Guidelines
On an annual basis, the Company reviews its corporate governance practices in light of any changes 
to applicable law, the rules of the SEC, and the Nasdaq listing standards. Among other matters, the 
Corporate Governance Guidelines include the following:

●	

●	

●	

●	

●	

●	

Two-thirds	of	the	members	of	the	Board	must	be	independent	directors	as	defined	in	the	
Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines.

If	the	Chairman	of	the	Board	is	not	an	independent	director,	the	Board	will	designate	a	“lead	
independent director.”

Directors	shall	retire	at	the	age	of	75.

The	Board	will	have	an	Audit	Committee,	Compensation	Committee,	and	Governance	and	
Nominating Committee, each of which shall consist solely of independent directors.

The	independent	directors	shall	meet	in	executive	session	either	before	or	after	each	regularly	
scheduled Board meeting.

In	considering	stockholder	proposals	and	candidates	recommended	by	stockholders	for	the	
Board, the Governance and Nominating Committee will follow the procedures outlined in the 
Corporate Governance Guidelines. 

In 2012, the Board amended the Corporate Governance Guidelines to include a director expense 
reimbursement policy, which provides that a director will be reimbursed for any ordinary and 
necessary business and professional expense incurred on behalf of the Company. The Board 
adopted this policy with the intent that this reimbursement policy be classified as an accountable 
reimbursement plan. 

For additional details, see the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, which are available as an 
Exhibit to this proxy and under the Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on our Web 
site at investor.cirrus.com.

Board Leadership Structure 
The Board of Directors is committed to maintaining an independent Board comprised primarily of 
independent directors. Prior to the passing of our Chairman of the Board, Michael Hackworth, on 
April 21, 2012, we separated the roles of our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. In 
addition, we have appointed a Lead Independent Director, Robert H. Smith, who is responsible for 
coordinating the activities of the independent directors of the Board. We believed that this leadership 
structure demonstrated our commitment to good corporate governance and benefited our stockholders 
by enhancing the oversight of management by the Board, balancing power on our Board, and 
encouraging balanced decision making. After the passing of Mr. Hackworth, Mr. Smith continued 

10

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 11

OPERATOR PM8 

in his role as Lead Independent Director. In light of Mr. Hackworth’s passing, and the current 
characteristics and circumstances of the Company, the Board is in the process of evaluating its current 
leadership structure and expects to finalize its board leadership structure after the Annual Meeting 
in July.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight 
Although management is responsible for identifying, assessing, and managing the material risks 
facing the Company, our Board plays an ongoing and active role in the oversight of the Company’s 
risk management processes, along with the oversight of the most significant strategic and operational 
risks faced by the Company and management’s efforts to mitigate those risks. Our Board is involved 
in the setting of the Company’s business strategy, which necessarily entails a determination of what 
constitutes an appropriate level of risk for the Company. In addition, at least annually, the Board 
discusses material risks related to the Company’s overall business strategy. Further, the management 
team reports to the Board on a quarterly basis the status of its efforts to manage what it believes are the 
Company’s most material risks. 

Each of our Board committees also considers risk within the committee’s area of responsibility. Our 
Audit Committee regularly reviews with management the Company’s major financial and regulatory 
risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures. Also, 
in designing our compensation programs and structuring awards, the Compensation Committee 
considers whether such compensation programs may lead to undue risk taking. 

Code of Conduct
The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of its directors, officers, and 
employees (including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting 
officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions). A copy of the Code of Conduct is 
incorporated as Exhibit 14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and is accessible on its Web 
site at www.cirrus.com. The Code of Conduct, as applied to the Company’s senior financial officers, 
constitutes the Company’s “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and constitutes the Company’s “code of conduct” under the 
Nasdaq listing standards.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

Non-employee directors receive a combination of cash and equity-based compensation. Directors who 
are employed by the Company do not receive any additional compensation for their Board activities. 
Independent directors may not receive consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fees from the 
Company in addition to their Board compensation. 

The following table sets forth the quarterly cash payments paid to non-employee directors for Board 
service during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012:

Director Compensation Retainers
Quarterly Director Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $11,250
Board Chairman Quarterly Retainer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8,750
Audit Chair Quarterly Retainer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 5,000
Audit Committee Member Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,000
Compensation Committee Chair Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,500
Compensation Committee Member Quarterly Retainer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,750
Governance and Nominating Committee Chair Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,500
Governance and Nominating Committee Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
750 
Lead Independent Director Quarterly Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,500

11

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 12

OPERATOR PM8 

The Company also reimburses directors for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred for 
attending Board and committee meetings. 

In addition to cash compensation, each non-employee director receives equity-based compensation. 
Upon re-election, each non-employee director receives a full value stock award that vests immediately 
upon re-election to the Board. In fiscal year 2012, the total number of shares granted to each non-
employee director had a fair market value equal to $150,000.00 on the date of grant. For newly 
elected non-employee directors, the Company awards an option to purchase shares of common stock 
of the Company at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of the Company’s 
common stock on the date of grant upon becoming a director, with 25% vesting after one year and 
the remainder vesting ratably each month over the following 36 months. In fiscal year 2012, the total 
number of options granted to each newly elected non-employee director had a fair market value equal 
to $225,000.00 on the date of grant.

12

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 13

OPERATOR PM8 

The following table sets forth the information regarding the cash fees and equity compensation paid 
to our non-employee directors for services as members of the Board or any committee of the Board 
during fiscal year 2012. 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE FOR FISCAL YEAR 2012

Name  

(a) 
Michael L.  
Hackworth 
John C. Carter 
Timothy R.  
Dehne 
William D. 
Sherman
Robert H. Smith
Al Schuele
Susan Wang

Fees  
Earned or 
Paid in  
Cash  
($)  
(1)  
(b) 
$ 80,000

Option Awards 
($)  

Total  
($)  

(2)  
(d) 
$149,992 (3)

(h) 
$ 229,992

$ 59,000
$ 66,000

$149,992 (4)
$149,992 (5)

$ 208,992
$ 215,992

$ 54,000

$149,992 (6)

$ 203,992

$ 87,333
$ 34,667
$ 35,333

$149,992 (7)
$197,081 (8)
$197,081 (9)

$ 237,325
$ 231,748
$ 232,414

(1)  Represents fees earned or paid in cash for services as a director during the fiscal year ended 

March 31, 2012, including quarterly retainer fees and committee chairmanship and membership 
retainer fees.

(2)  On July 28, 2011, upon their re-election as directors at the Company’s 2011 Annual Meeting, 

Messrs. Hackworth, Carter, Dehne, Smith, and Sherman received a full value stock award that vested 
immediately upon re-election to the Board having a fair market value equal to $150,000.00 on the 
date of grant. In addition, upon their initial election as a director, Mr. Schuele and Ms. Wang received 
an option to purchase shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price equal to the fair 
market value of one share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, with 25% vesting 
after one year and the remainder vesting ratably each month over the following 36 months. The total 
number of options granted to each newly elected non-employee director had a fair market value 
equal to $225,000.00 on the date of grant based on an aggregate grant date fair value of the options 
calculated as of the end of the Company’s first fiscal quarter of 2012 in accordance with FASB 
ASC718. The value disclosed for the option awards in this column represents the aggregate grant date 
fair value of the options calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 718 as of the end of the Company’s 
second fiscal quarter of 2012. 

(3)  At the end of fiscal year 2012, Mr. Hackworth had 25,000 options outstanding. 
(4)  At the end of fiscal year 2012, Mr. Carter had 55,000 options outstanding.
(5)  At the end of fiscal year 2012, Mr. Dehne had 50,000 options outstanding.
(6)  At the end of fiscal year 2012, Mr. Sherman had 20,000 options outstanding.
(7)  At the end of fiscal year 2012, Mr. Smith had 25,000 options outstanding.
(8)  At the end of fiscal year 2012, Mr. Schuele had 25,929 options outstanding.
(9)  At the end of fiscal year 2012, Ms. Wang had 25,929 options outstanding. 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 14

OPERATOR PM8 

PROPOSALS TO BE VOTED ON

Proposal No. 1

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

The Board has approved six nominees for election to the Board this year. All of the nominees have 
served as a director since the last annual meeting, including Mr. Carter, Mr. Dehne, Dr. Rhode, 
Mr. Sherman, Mr. Schuele, and Ms. Wang. Mr. Smith is retiring and will not stand for re-election to 
the Board at the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Information regarding the business 
experience of each nominee and the particular experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills that 
qualify that person to serve as a director of the Company is provided below. All directors are elected 
annually to serve until the next annual meeting and until their respective successors are elected, or 
until their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among the Company’s 
executive officers and directors.

Vote Required
In the election of directors, the six persons receiving the highest number of “FOR” votes will be 
elected.

Information About Nominees

JOHN C. CARTER
Director since 2009
Mr. Carter, age 57, is currently a Principal at TCGen, which is a management consulting and advisory 
services firm that Mr. Carter founded in 2002 and is located in Menlo Park, California. Between 
November 2007 and January 2008, Mr. Carter was an Executive in Residence at Vantage Point Venture 
Partners, a venture capital firm in San Bruno, California, where he assisted in the management of 
several portfolio companies. Mr. Carter also served as Chief Technical Officer at Klipsch Group, 
a manufacturer of speakers in Indianapolis, Indiana, between February 2005 and October 2007. 
Mr. Carter began his career as an engineer at Bose Corporation in 1978, later becoming its Chief 
Engineer. Mr. Carter holds a B.S. in Engineering from Harvey Mudd College in Claremont, CA, and a 
Master’s in Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that Mr. Carter’s extensive management 
experience with companies in the consumer audio market along with his knowledge of that market, 
in addition to his background in venture and private equity investment transactions, make him well 
qualified to be on our Board of Directors. Mr. Carter also has relevant prior engineering and technical 
experiences in the markets we serve.

TIMOTHY R. DEHNE
Director since 2009
Mr. Dehne, age 46, is currently the Vice President, Global Marketing, at Luminex Corporation, 
an Austin-based company that develops, manufactures, and markets innovative biological testing 
technologies with applications throughout the life science and diagnostic industries. Prior to his 
appointment to Vice President, Global Marketing, Mr. Dehne held the position of Vice President 
of Systems Research and Development, a position he held between July 2009 and May 2012. He 
previously worked at National Instruments Corporation, an Austin-based supplier of measurement and 
automation products used by engineers and scientists in a wide range of industries. Mr. Dehne spent 
over 21 years at National Instruments Corporation where he held many leadership positions while 
helping to significantly grow the Company to more than 4,000 employees and over $800 million in 
annual revenue. He most recently held the position of Senior Vice President, Research & Development. 
Prior to his role as Senior Vice President, Research & Development at National Instruments 

14

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 15

OPERATOR PM8 

Corporation, Mr. Dehne served in various executive positions in marketing and engineering. 
Mr. Dehne holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Rice University and serves on the Board of 
Directors for Asset Intertech, a privately held company, where he also serves on its Compensation 
Committee.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that Mr. Dehne is well qualified to be on our 
Board of Directors based on his extensive leadership experience in all aspects of managing a high 
technology company in Austin, Texas, and his unique insight into significantly growing revenues 
at a high technology company while maintaining an innovative corporate culture and a great work 
environment. His leadership skills, experience in creating and capturing business opportunities, and 
experience in scaling up a business to enable growth, are valuable to the Company and the Board of 
Directors.

JASON P. RHODE
Director since 2007
Dr. Rhode, age 42, was appointed President and CEO, and a director of the Company in May 2007. 
Dr. Rhode joined the Company in 1995 and served in various engineering positions until he became 
Director of Marketing for analog and mixed-signal products in November 2002. He was appointed 
Vice President, General Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio Products, in December 2004, a role he served 
in until his appointment as President and CEO. Dr. Rhode holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from 
San Diego State University, as well as M.S. and doctorate degrees in Electrical Engineering from 
North Carolina State University.

The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that Dr. Rhode’s prior experience as a 
semiconductor designer and his current role as Chief Executive Officer of the Company make him 
well qualified to be on our Board of Directors based on his detailed and unique knowledge of the 
Company’s operations, opportunities, and challenges. In addition, the Governance and Nominating 
Committee believes that having Dr. Rhode serve on the Board of Directors helps to bridge the 
gap between the Company’s Board of Directors and management, to facilitate the regular flow of 
information between management and the Board, and to ensure that the Board of Directors and 
management act with a common purpose to execute our strategic initiatives and business plans.

WILLIAM D. SHERMAN
Director since 2001
Mr. Sherman, age 69, is Senior Counsel in the law firm of Morrison & Foerster LLP, where he has 
worked since 1987, specializing in corporate and corporate securities practice. He has extensive 
experience working with public companies, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the 
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, formerly known as the National Association of Securities 
Dealers. Mr. Sherman is also a recognized specialist on corporate governance matters by way of 
his representation of various public and private companies, and he regularly participates in panel 
discussions on executive compensation and corporate governance topics. In 1972, Mr. Sherman 
received a law degree from the University of California – Berkeley, School of Law, and an MBA 
degree from the Haas School of Business at the University of California – Berkeley. 

Through his position with Morrison & Foerster LLP, Mr. Sherman has extensive experience with the 
legal, regulatory, and governance issues faced by a public company. The Governance and Nominating 
Committee believes that his background and experience position him to contribute significant 
corporate governance expertise to the Board of Directors and to serve as chairman of the Company’s 
Governance and Nominating Committee. 

15

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 16

OPERATOR PM8 

ALAN R. SCHUELE 
Director Since 2011
Mr. Schuele, age 66, has been a general partner since 2000 with Sevin Rosen Funds, a high tech 
venture capital firm. While at Sevin Rosen Funds, Mr. Schuele led the investments in a number of 
semiconductor companies, including Cicada Semiconductor (acquired by Vitesse), Zilker Labs and 
D2Audio Corporation (both acquired by Intersil) and currently is a director of Javelin Semiconductor. 
Prior to working at Sevin Rosen, he was Chief Executive Officer of Benchmarq Microelectronics, 
and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Unitrode Corporation after its merger with 
Benchmarq. Over his nearly 30 year career in the semiconductor industry, he has held various 
executive and sales management positions in several semiconductor companies including the 
Company, Crystal Semiconductor, Cypress Semiconductor, and Mostek. Mr. Schuele was also 
previously a director at InfoNow Corp., a leading provider of SaaS-based channel management 
solutions, where he has served as a director between 2008 and November 2011.  

In addition to Mr. Schuele’s extensive executive management and sales experience at semiconductor 
companies, he has played key roles in major mergers and acquisitions and has worked extensively in 
Asian markets. The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that these experiences, along 
with his experience in advising entrepreneurs on how to turn their emerging technologies into winning 
companies, make him well qualified to contribute strategic, operational, and industry expertise to the 
Board of Directors. 

SUSAN WANG
Director Since 2011
Ms. Wang, age 61, retired in February 2002 from her position as Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer of Solectron Corporation, a worldwide provider of electronics 
manufacturing services, where she served in various management positions from 1984 until the 
time of her retirement. Ms. Wang is currently a director of Altera Corporation, a programmable 
semiconductor company; Suntech Power Holdings Co., Ltd., a solar energy company; and Nektar 
Therapeutics, a biopharmaceutical company. In addition, Ms. Wang served as a director of Calpine 
Corporation, an independent power generation company, from 2003 to 2008, Avanex Corporation, a 
telecommunications component and sub-systems provider, from 2002 to 2009; and Rae Systems Inc., 
a developer of sensory technology for hazardous materials, from 2009 to 2010. Ms. Wang holds an 
M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut and a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Texas. 

Ms. Wang has extensive executive management, board, and audit committee experience at public 
and private companies within the technology industry. The Governance and Nominating Committee 
believes that these experiences, along with her financial expertise, her knowledge of manufacturing 
and supply chains, her familiarity with acquisitions and integrations, and her international experience 
make her well qualified to provide valuable insights to our Board of Directors and potentially serve a 
role in the oversight of our financial reporting and accounting practices as a member of the Company’s 
Audit Committee. 

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the election to the Board of each of the foregoing 
nominees.

16

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 17

OPERATOR PM8 

Proposal No. 2

RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Audit Committee of the Board has appointed Ernst & Young LLP (“Ernst & Young”) as the 
Company’s independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements for the fiscal year ending March 30, 2013. During fiscal year ended March 31, 
2012, Ernst & Young served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and also 
provided certain tax services.

The Audit Committee pre-approves and reviews all audit and non-audit services provided by Ernst & 
Young. In considering the services to be provided by Ernst & Young, the Audit Committee considers 
whether the provision of non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the independence of 
Ernst & Young.

For additional information relating to the Audit Committee, see the Report of the Audit Committee 
of the Board on page 45 of this proxy statement, as well as the Audit Committee Charter, which 
is available under the Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on our Web site at 
investor.cirrus.com.

A representative of Ernst & Young is expected to attend our annual meeting and be available to 
respond to questions and, if he or she desires, to make a statement.

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young 
as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending 
March 30, 2013.

If the appointment is not ratified, the Audit Committee will consider this an indication to select 
other auditors for the following fiscal year. Ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young as the 
Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending March 30, 2013, 
requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of common stock present or represented by 
proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting.

Proposal No. 3

ADVISORY VOTE TO APPROVE NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, enacted in July 2010, enables our 
stockholders to vote to approve, on an advisory, non-binding basis, the compensation of our Named 
Executive Officers as disclosed in this Proxy Statement in accordance with the rules of the Securities 
and Exchange Commission. This vote is advisory, and, therefore, not binding on the Company, the 
Compensation Committee, or our Board of Directors. However, our Board of Directors and our 
Compensation Committee value the opinions of our stockholders and to the extent there is a significant 
vote against the compensation of the Named Executive Officers as disclosed in this Proxy Statement, 
we will consider our stockholders’ concerns and the Compensation Committee will evaluate whether 
any actions are necessary to address those concerns.

As described in detail under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” at page 22, our 
executive compensation program is designed to attract, motivate, and retain executive officers, while 
aligning their interests with those of our stockholders. Under this program, our executive officers are 
rewarded for the achievement of strategic and operational objectives and the realization of increased 
stockholder value. Please read the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the accompanying 
compensation tables of this Proxy Statement for additional information about our executive 
compensation program, including information about the compensation of the Named Executive 
Officers in fiscal year 2012.

17

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 18

OPERATOR PM8 

The Compensation Committee regularly reviews our executive compensation program to ensure that 
it achieves the desired goal of aligning our executive compensation structure with the interests of our 
stockholders and current market practices. We believe our executive compensation program is well 
designed, appropriately aligns executive pay with Company performance, and has demonstrated that 
it incentivizes desirable behavior from our executives. Therefore, we are asking our stockholders 
to indicate their support for the compensation of the Named Executive Officers as described in this 
Proxy Statement. This proposal, commonly known as a “Say-on-Pay” proposal, gives our stockholders 
the opportunity to express their views on the compensation of the Named Executive Officers. Please 
note that this vote is not intended to address any specific item of compensation, but rather the overall 
compensation of the Named Executive Officers and the philosophy, policies and practices described in 
this Proxy Statement.

We will ask our stockholders to vote “FOR” the following resolution at the Annual Meeting:

“RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the company’s named executive officers, as 
disclosed pursuant to Item 402 of Regulation S-K, including the Compensation Discussion and 
Analysis, compensation tables and narrative discussion, is hereby APPROVED.”

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the approval of the above resolution.

OTHER MATTERS

The Company knows of no other matters that will be presented for consideration at the annual meeting. 
If any other matters properly come before the annual meeting, it is the intention of the persons named 
in the Proxy to vote the shares they represent as the Board may recommend. Discretionary authority 
with respect to such other matters is granted by the execution of the Proxy.

18

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 19

OPERATOR PM8 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS  
AND MANAGEMENT

The following table contains information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as 
of May 15, 2012 by:

●	 The	stockholders	we	know	to	beneficially	own	more	than	5%	of	our	outstanding	common	

stock;

●	 Each	director	named	in	this	proxy	statement;
●	 Each	executive	officer	named	in	the	Summary	Compensation	Table	included	in	this	proxy	

statement; and

●	 All	of	our	directors	and	executive	officers	as	a	group.

The Company’s common stock is the only class of voting securities issued by the Company. Unless 
otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the beneficial owner has sole voting and investment power with 
respect to the securities beneficially owned, subject only to community property laws, if applicable.

Beneficial Owner

5% or Greater Stockholders:
FMR LLC(2)  

Shares 
Beneficially Owned
Number

Percent(1)

82 Devonshire St.  
Boston, MA 02109  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9,614,400

14.93%

Blackrock, Inc.(3)  

40 East 52nd Street  
New York, NY 10022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

The Vanguard Group, Inc.(4)  
100 Vanguard Blvd.  
Malvern, PA 19355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Jason P. Rhode, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director(5) . . . . .
Robert H. Smith, Director(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gregory Scott Thomas, Vice President, General Counsel, and  

4,829,806

7.49%

3,397,583

5.27%

784,031
308,797

Corporate Secretary(7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

255,672

Scott A. Anderson, Senior Vice President and General Manager,  

Mixed-Signal Audio Products(8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thurman K. Case, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer(9)  . . . . . . . . .
Tom Stein, Vice President and General Manager, EXL Division(10) . . . . . . . .
John C. Carter, Director(11)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timothy R. Dehne, Director(12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
William D. Sherman, Director(13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alan R. Schuele, Director(14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Susan Wang, Director . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All current directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)(15) . . .

250,935
206,863
124,568
54,209
50,963
20,405
10,000
0
2,389,200

*

*

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
3.60%

*Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock

(1)  Percentage ownership is based on 64,475,102 shares of common stock issued and outstanding on 

May 15, 2012. Shares of common stock issuable under stock options that are currently exercisable 
or will become exercisable within 60 days after May 15, 2012, and shares of common stock subject 
to restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that will vest and be issued within 60 days after May 15, 2012, 
are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or 
RSUs for the purpose of computing the number of shares beneficially owned and the percentage 
19

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 20

OPERATOR PM8 

ownership of such person, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any 
other person or group. This table does not include options or RSUs that vest more than 60 days 
after May 15, 2012.

(2)  Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on April 10, 2012. The filing indicates that Fidelity 
Management & Research Company (“Fidelity”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR LLC and an 
investment adviser registered under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is the 
beneficial owner of 9,614,400 shares of the Common Stock outstanding of Cirrus Logic, Inc, as a 
result of acting as investment adviser to various investment companies registered under Section 8 
of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Edward C. Johnson 3d and FMR LLC, through its 
control of Fidelity, and the funds each has sole power to dispose of the 8,409,163 shares owned by 
the funds. Neither FMR LLC nor Edward C. Johnson 3d has sole power to vote or direct the vote 
of the shares owned directly by Fidelity. Fidelity carries out the voting of shares under written 
guidelines established by the funds’ Boards of Trustees.

(3)  Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2012, Blackrock Inc. is the beneficial 

owner and has sole voting power for 4,829,806 shares. 

(4)  Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 10, 2012, The Vanguard Group Inc. is 
the beneficial owner and has sole voting and dispositive power as to 3,306,783 shares. Vanguard 
Fiduciary Trust Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Vanguard Group, Inc., is the 
beneficial owner of 90,800 shares and directs the voting of those shares.

(5)  Includes 760,219 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Dr. Rhode and 23,812 shares 

held directly.

(6)  Includes 25,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Smith and 283,797 shares 

held directly.

(7)  Includes 243,505 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Thomas and 12,167 shares 

held directly.

(8)  Includes 220,935 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Anderson and 30,000 shares 

held directly.

(9)  Includes of 199,983 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Case and 6,880 shares 

held directly.

(10) Includes of 124,568 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Stein.
(11) Includes 44,166 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Carter and 10,043 shares held 

directly.

(12) Includes 39,166 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Dehne and 11,797 shares held 

directly.

(13) Includes 20,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Sherman and 405 shares held 

directly.

(14) Includes 10,000 shares held directly by Mr. Schuele.
(15) Includes options held by all executive officers and directors to purchase an aggregate of 1,993,418 

shares of our Common Stock that are exercisable within 60 days of May 15, 2012.

20

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 21

OPERATOR PM8 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Scott A. Anderson – Senior Vice President and General Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio Products
Mr. Anderson, age 58, was appointed Senior Vice President and General Manager, Mixed-Signal 
Audio Products, in October 2007. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Anderson served as the President 
and Chief Operating Officer of Freescale Semiconductor between March 2004 and February 2005, and 
as President and Chief Executive Officer of Motorola Semiconductor Products Sector (“SPS”) between 
February 2003 and December 2003. 

Jo-Dee M. Benson – Vice President, Corporate Marketing Communications and Human 
Resources 
Ms. Benson, age 52, was appointed Vice President, Corporate Marketing Communications and 
Human Resources in February 2005. Previously, she had served as Vice President of Corporate 
Communications since December 2000. 

Gregory L. Brennan – Vice President and General Manager, Apex Precision Power
Mr. Brennan, age 50, was appointed Vice President and General Manager, Apex Precision Power, 
in April 2008. Between July 2007, when the Company acquired Apex Microtechnology, and April 
2008, Mr. Brennan served as Director of Marketing, Industrial Products Division. Prior to July 2007, 
Mr. Brennan had served as Vice President, Marketing and Sales for Apex Microtechnology. 

Randy Carlson – Vice President of Supply Chain
Mr. Carlson, age 46, was appointed Vice President of Supply Chain in February 2010. Mr. Carlson 
previously worked as Director of Supply Chain between May 2008 and February 2010. Prior to joining 
the Company in May 2008, Mr. Carlson held various management positions at STATS ChipPAC 
between 2003 and April 2008.

Thurman K. Case – Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer
Mr. Case, age 55, was appointed Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) on February 14, 2007. He joined 
the Company in October 2000 and was appointed Vice President, Treasurer, Financial Planning & 
Analysis, in September 2004. Prior to being appointed to his current position, Mr. Case served as 
Vice President, Finance between June 2002 and September 2004, and as Director of Finance between 
October 2000 and June 2002. 

Jason P. Rhode – President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director Nominee 
Dr. Rhode, age 42, was appointed President and CEO of the Company in May 2007. Dr. Rhode 
joined the Company in 1995 and served in various engineering positions until he became Director of 
Marketing for analog and mixed-signal products in November 2002. He was appointed Vice President, 
General Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio Products, in December 2004, a role he served in until his 
appointment as President and CEO.

Thomas Stein – Vice President and General Manager, EXL Products
Mr. Stein, age 40, became Vice President and General Manager of the Company’s Energy, Exploration, 
and Lighting (“EXL”) group in September 2008. Prior to September 2008, Mr. Stein held various 
leadership positions in sales and marketing since joining the Company in 1995.

Gregory Scott Thomas – Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Mr. Thomas, age 46, was appointed Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in 
December 2003. He joined the Company in December 2000 as Vice President and Associate General 
Counsel, Intellectual Property. 

21

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 22

OPERATOR PM8 

Timothy R. Turk – Vice President, Worldwide Sales
Mr. Turk, age 55, was appointed Vice President, Worldwide Sales in August 2007. Prior to joining the 
Company, Mr. Turk was Vice President of Sales at Avnera Corporation. Mr. Turk also served 20 years 
in sales and operations with Cypress Semiconductor, including as Vice President of Worldwide Sales 
and Sales Operations from 2004 through 2006. 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The purpose of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis is to explain the Compensation 
Committee’s philosophy for determining the compensation program for the Company’s Chief 
Executive Officer (“CEO”), Chief Financial Officer and the three other most highly compensated 
executive officers (the “Named Executive Officers”) for fiscal year 2012 and to discuss why and 
how the fiscal year 2012 compensation decisions for these executives were reached. As used in this 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis, all references to the 2012 fiscal year are applicable to the 
time period that began on March 27, 2011 and ended on March 31, 2012. Following this discussion are 
tables that include compensation information for the Named Executive Officers. This analysis contains 
descriptions of various employee compensation and benefit plans. These descriptions are qualified in 
their entirety by reference to the full text or detailed descriptions of the plans that are filed as exhibits 
to the Company’s 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 2012 fiscal year. 

The Named Executive Officers for fiscal year 2012 are as follows:

● 

Jason P. Rhode, President and Chief Executive Officer;

●   Thurman K. Case, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer;

●  Scott A. Anderson, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Mixed-Signal Audio 

Division;

●  Gregory S. Thomas, Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary; and

●  Thomas Stein, Vice President and General Manager, EXL Division.

As discussed above, the Compensation Committee reviews and approves base salaries and other 
matters relating to executive compensation, and administers the Company’s stock incentive plans, 
including reviewing and granting stock incentive awards to our executive officers and other employees 
and reviewing and approving policies and procedures for awarding grants under these plans. 

Executive Summary. Cirrus Logic is committed to paying executive officers based on Company 
and individual performance. A large portion of each executive officer’s compensation is based 
on the achievement of short-term and long-term profitable growth of the Company. For 2011, the 
Compensation Committee did not make any significant adjustments to the structure of the Company’s 
executive officer compensation programs. Nonetheless, in recognition of the Company’s long-term 
strategic plan and the Company’s recent financial performance, the Compensation Committee raised 
the target Operating Profit Margin for determining payouts under the Company’s 2007 Management 
and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan to 20%. See “Executive Compensation Review for 
Fiscal Year 2012 – Annual Performance Awards” at page 26. In addition, in light of the growth in 
revenue and market capitalization of the Company, the Compensation Committee approved a new 
set of peer companies for purposes of developing competitive compensation positioning information. 
See “Competitive Positioning Information” at page 24. Based at least in part on this new set of peer 
companies, the Compensation Committee increased our CEO’s target bonus for each semi-annual 
period under the Company’s annual incentive plan from 37.5% to 50% of his annual base salary. See 
“Executive Compensation Review for Fiscal Year 2012 – Annual Performance Awards” at page 26.

The Compensation Committee believes that the compensation paid to our executive officers as 
reflected in this proxy statement is fully supported by the Company’s strong performance over these 
time periods. For the four quarters preceding the Company’s annual review of executive compensation 

22

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 23

OPERATOR PM8 

in September 2011, the Company delivered strong results. Cirrus Logic’s total shareholder return 
and revenue growth were positioned at or near the top of the Proxy Group (as defined in the section 
“Competitive Positioning Information”) over the previous four quarters. In addition, over the previous 
three-year period, the Company’s total shareholder and revenue growth was also positioned at or near 
the top of the Proxy Group. In view of this performance, the Company’s executive officers earned 
payments under the Company’s 2007 Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan 
of approximately 66% and 233% of each individual’s target bonus for the first and second semi-
annual payout periods in 2011. See “Executive Compensation Review for Fiscal Year 2012 – Annual 
Performance Awards” at page 26. In addition, the Company awarded equity grants to executive officers 
in fiscal year 2012 that resulted in many of the officers receiving a target total direct compensation 
opportunity above the 50th percentile level. The Committee determined that the size of these awards 
was deserved based on the performance of the Company in the preceding twelve (12) months. See 
“Executive Compensation Review for Fiscal Year 2012 – Long Term Incentives” at page 28. 

General Philosophy. We provide our executive officers with compensation opportunities that 
are based upon their personal performance, the financial performance of the Company, and their 
contribution to that performance, through a mix of base salary, annual performance awards, and equity 
compensation. These opportunities are designed to attract and retain highly skilled individuals, and to 
align management’s incentives with the long-term interests of our stockholders. 

We believe that payments under the compensation programs for our executive officers should reflect 
the Company’s performance and the value created for our stockholders. In addition, the compensation 
programs should balance the short- and long-term strategic goals and objectives of the Company 
and reward individual contribution to the Company’s success. We are engaged in a very competitive 
industry, and the Company’s success depends on its ability to attract and retain qualified executives 
through the competitive compensation packages we offer to these individuals.

Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation. We conducted our first stockholder advisory vote on 
executive compensation at our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. While this vote was not binding 
on the Company, we believe that it is important for our stockholders to have an opportunity to have 
an advisory vote on executive compensation on an annual basis as a means to express their views 
regarding our executive compensation philosophy, our compensation policies and programs, and our 
decisions regarding executive compensation, all as disclosed in our proxy statements. Our Board 
of Directors and the Compensation Committee value the opinions of our stockholders and, to the 
extent that there is any significant vote against the compensation of our Named Executive Officers as 
disclosed in this Proxy Statement, we will consider our stockholders’ concerns and the Compensation 
Committee will evaluate whether any actions are necessary to address those concerns. 

At the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, more than 93% of the votes cast on the advisory vote 
on executive compensation proposal were in favor of our Named Executive Officers’ compensation as 
disclosed in the Proxy Statement, and as a result, our Named Executive Officers’ compensation was 
approved. The Compensation Committee reviewed the final vote results and determined that, given 
the significant level of support, no changes to our executive compensation policies and decisions were 
necessary in light of these results.

We have determined that our stockholders should have the opportunity to cast an advisory vote on 
executive compensation each year, consistent with the preference expressed by our stockholders at the 
2011 Annual Meeting. For more information, see “Proposal No. 3 – Advisory Vote to Approve Named 
Executive Officer Compensation.”

Targeted Overall Compensation. The Compensation Committee annually reviews and establishes 
each executive officer’s total compensation package. The Compensation Committee considers a broad 
range of facts and circumstances in setting executive compensation, including Company performance, 
individual performance, external pay practices of peer companies, the strategic importance of the 
executive officer’s position, as well as internal pay equity and the executive officer’s time in the 

23

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 24

OPERATOR PM8 

position. The weight given to each of these factors by the Compensation Committee may differ from 
year to year, and among the individual executive officers. The Company’s executive compensation 
program is heavily weighted toward performance-based compensation that rewards achievement 
of short-term and long-term corporate goals and objectives. In setting target compensation for 
our executive officers, the Compensation Committee seeks to strike a balance between providing 
compensation that is competitive with the compensation paid to executives of peer companies, while 
ensuring that a significant percentage of compensation is coupled to Company performance, individual 
performance, and stock price appreciation. 

Use of a Compensation Consultant. To support the Compensation Committee in fulfilling its duties, 
the Compensation Committee has hired independent consultants in the field of executive compensation 
to assist with its design and evaluation of CEO, executive officer, and director compensation. Pursuant 
to its charter, the Compensation Committee is authorized to retain and terminate any consultant, as 
well as approve the consultant’s fees and other terms of retention. 

During fiscal year 2012, the Compensation Committee retained DolmatConnell & Partners, Inc. 
(“DolmatConnell”) to provide executive and director compensation consulting services. At the 
direction of the Compensation Committee, DolmatConnell performed a comprehensive review 
of our CEO’s and other executive officers’ compensation. In addition to a complete review of 
executive compensation, DolmatConnell reviewed and proposed a compensation peer group to use 
for purposes of analyzing executive and director compensation. DolmatConnell further reviewed 
the Company’s annual incentive plan and provided analysis of management’s recommendations in 
setting the performance criteria under the plan for fiscal year 2012. To maintain its independence from 
management, DolmatConnell reported directly to the Compensation Committee and did not perform 
any other services for the Company. 

Competitive Positioning Information. To aid the Compensation Committee’s annual executive 
compensation review, DolmatConnell prepared a comparative review of the Company’s executive 
compensation programs based on competitive information obtained from Radford Survey data 
specific to companies in the semiconductor industry with revenues less than $1 billion per year (the 
‘‘Survey Group’’), and publicly-available data gathered from a group of specific companies that are 
considered comparable to the Company (the “Proxy Group”). The Proxy Group generally consists 
of public companies located in the United States in the semiconductor industry that are similar in 
size (as measured by revenue and market capitalization) and share common characteristics with the 
Company, including location and similarity of business model and product lines. In determining the 
Proxy Group, the Compensation Committee also considered whether a proposed peer was historically 
in the Company’s peer group to maintain some consistency in the executive compensation analysis on 
a year-over-year basis. Finally, the Compensation Committee also considered the likelihood that the 
Company would compete with the other company for executive talent when selecting the companies 
for the Proxy Group. 

In the spring of 2011, based on these criteria, and with input from the Board of Directors on companies 
to consider including in the Proxy Group, DolmatConnell reviewed the then-existing Proxy Group and 
recommended several changes. After reviewing DolmatConnell’s recommendations, the Compensation 
Committee approved the following group of 17 companies for the Proxy Group: Applied Micro 
Circuits Corp.; Cavium Networks, Inc.; Hittite Microwave Corp.; Integrated Device Technology, Inc.; 
Intersil Corp.; Micrel, Inc.; Microsemi Corp.; Monolithic Power Systems Inc.; NetLogic Microsystems, 
Inc.; OmniVision Technologies Inc.; PMC-Sierra, Inc.; Power Integrations, Inc.; Semtech Corp.; 
Silicon Image, Inc.; Silicon Laboratories, Inc.; Standard Microsystems Corp.; and TriQuint 
Semiconductor, Inc. 

From the data derived from the Survey Group and the Proxy Group, DolmatConnell developed market 
composite data for each executive officer reflecting a blend of the data from each group (the “Market 
Composite Data”). In some cases, Proxy Group data was not available for an executive officer and 
DolmatConnell’s analysis and subsequent compensation recommendations were based solely on 

24

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 25

OPERATOR PM8 

Survey Group data. The Compensation Committee examined this compensation data along with 
DolmatConnell’s recommendations and set each executive officer’s compensation, including each 
Named Executive Officer’s compensation, with the intent of establishing competitive compensation 
levels. 

Role of Executive Officers in Establishing Compensation. Our Human Resources and Legal 
departments support the Compensation Committee in its work and in fulfilling various functions 
in administering our compensation programs. This support generally consists of assistance with 
providing Survey Group data, proposals of potential ranges of various components of compensation 
for our executive officers, and information regarding available shares under the Company’s equity 
incentive plan. Regular meetings of our Compensation Committee are generally attended by our 
CEO, Vice President of Human Resources, and our General Counsel. Because each of the Company’s 
executive officers (other than the CEO) reports directly to the CEO, the Compensation Committee 
relies upon input and recommendations from our CEO in determining an executive officer’s 
compensation. The Compensation Committee considers and sets the compensation of our CEO when 
no members of management are present. In addition, members of management are not present while 
their specific compensation is being set or discussed.

Elements of Compensation and Target Market Positioning. Each executive officer’s compensation 
package is comprised of the following elements: (i) base salary that is competitive with the market 
and reflects individual performance, (ii) annual cash performance awards tied to the Company’s 
achievement of specific performance objectives, (iii) long-term incentive awards designed to 
strengthen the mutuality of interests between the executive officers and the Company’s stockholders, 
(iv) other benefits that are generally available to the Company’s employees, including a 401(k) plan and 
medical, vision, and dental plans, and (v) post-employment compensation. 

In general, we have attempted to establish a strong relationship between total cash compensation, 
the Company’s performance, and individual executive performance, by targeting base salaries at 
approximately the 50th percentile of the Market Composite Data, and by providing additional incentive 
opportunities so that the target total cash compensation (base salary plus target annual cash incentive 
compensation) approaches the 50th percentile levels, with the potential to earn in the 75th percentile 
level or more for higher levels of performance. 

We also provide additional long-term incentives in the form of equity awards so that an executive 
officer’s target total direct compensation opportunity is set at or near the 50th percentile level (i.e., 
the size of the equity award is a function of the difference between the 50th percentile target total 
direct compensation and the 50th percentile of target total cash compensation). These percentages are 
intended as guidelines for evaluating and establishing each executive officer’s compensation and are 
not applied on a rigid or formulaic basis. The Compensation Committee exercises sole discretion over 
each executive officer’s total compensation package.

Executive officers may also receive 401(k) retirement and health and welfare benefits that are generally 
available to all employees of the Company. In addition, executive officers are also eligible to receive 
certain severance payments and benefits upon termination of their employment other than for cause, 
as further described in the sections of this Proxy Statement entitled “Post-Employment Compensation” 
and “Potential Payments upon a Termination or Change of Control.” 

Executive Compensation Review for Fiscal Year 2012. Each year, the Compensation Committee 
reviews our executive officers’ compensation at a regularly scheduled Committee meeting in 
September. At that time, the Compensation Committee also reviews the Company’s performance 
as compared to the Proxy Group. As part of the review, the Compensation Committee considers 
any changes to an executive officer’s base salary or targeted amounts for his or her annual cash 
performance awards. The Compensation Committee further considers any annual equity awards for 
our executive officers. The timing of the annual executive compensation review and any proposed 
equity grants is aligned with the Company’s annual grant of equity to our key employees, which occurs 
in October each year. 

25

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 26

OPERATOR PM8 

Base Salary
The base salary for each executive officer is designed to be commensurate with the salary levels for 
comparable positions within the Survey Group and Proxy Group, to reflect each individual’s personal 
performance during the year, to take into consideration the individual’s responsibilities within the 
Company, and to be consistent with our internal salary alignment. The relative weight given to each 
factor varies with each executive officer and is within the discretion of the Compensation Committee. 
In setting base salaries, the Compensation Committee reviews (i) the Market Composite Data; (ii) 
recommendations of our CEO; and (iii) the executive officer’s personal performance for the year. The 
Company’s profitability and operational performance may also be a factor in determining the base 
salaries of executive officers. The Compensation Committee utilizes a largely discretionary approach 
for determining any changes to an individual executive officer’s base salary and looks collectively 
at all of these factors. Ultimately, the Compensation Committee’s decision to adjust any executive 
officer’s base salary is subjective and made in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

In September 2011, the Compensation Committee increased our CEO’s annual base salary from 
$430,000 (slightly below the 50th percentile of the Market Composite Data for Chief Executive 
Officers) to $475,000 (slightly above the 50th percentile of the Market Composite Data for Chief 
Executive Officers). The Compensation Committee decided to increase his base salary based on the 
Company’s performance in the previous 12 months and its assessment of the competitive market base 
salary for positions of similar scope and responsibility. 

At its meeting in September 2011, the Compensation Committee also reviewed the compensation of 
our other executive officers, including the Company’s other Named Executive Officers. Based on this 
review, the Compensation Committee concluded that the base salary levels of our executive officers, 
including our Named Executive Officers, were positioned, on average, at the market 25th percentile 
-- below the market median. In view of the lower overall market positioning of their base salaries 
and the recent financial performance of the Company, the Compensation Committee increased the 
overall base salaries of our executive officers, excluding our CEO, by an aggregate of approximately 
5% from the previous year. In general, these increases were intended to recognize the performance of 
certain executive officers during the previous year and to move certain executive officers’ base salaries 
toward the 50th percentile of the Market Composite Data for base salary levels of executives in similar 
positions. 

The Compensation Committee also decided to award a one-time discretionary bonus to Mr. Thomas 
in an effort to maintain his salary at or near the 50th percentile of the Market Composite Data for 
comparable positions, while at the same time recognizing his responsibilities and contributions to the 
Company’s performance during the prior twelve (12) months. 

Annual Performance Awards
In fiscal year 2012, our executives, including our Named Executive Officers, participated in the 
Company’s 2007 Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”). 
The Incentive Plan is designed to provide employees who are in management or leadership positions in 
the Company, or who are key individual contributors whose efforts potentially have a material impact 
on the Company’s performance, with incentives to improve the Company’s performance through the 
achievement of financial goals.  

Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, participants are eligible to earn semi-annual cash bonus payments. 
The Incentive Plan sets our CEO’s target bonus for each semi-annual performance period at 50% of 
his annual base salary, and sets certain other executive officers’ target bonuses for each semi-annual 
performance period, including the target annual incentives of other Named Executive Officers, at 25% 
of their annual base salary. Payments are determined based on the achievement of certain internal 
company performance objectives for operating profit margin and revenue growth, which are set by the 
Compensation Committee prior to the commencement of each semi-annual period. For purposes of the 
Incentive Plan, “Operating Profit Margin” is defined as the Company’s consolidated GAAP operating 

26

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 27

OPERATOR PM8 

income excluding Incentive Plan and other bonus accruals and any non-recurring items such as gains 
on sales of assets not otherwise included in revenue, losses on sales of assets, restructuring charges, 
merger-related costs including amortization or impairments of acquisition-related intangible assets, 
deferred tax adjustments, stock compensation expense, asset write-offs, write-downs, and impairment 
charges, and such other items as the Compensation Committee may determine in its sole discretion. 

These performance measures are designed to balance short-term and long-term financial and strategic 
objectives for building stockholder value and are further based on a review of the operating results of 
other peer companies, including the performance of our Proxy Group. The Compensation Committee 
sets these targets so that participants will achieve their target bonuses only if the Company’s Operating 
Profit Margin and revenue growth goals are achieved during the measurement period. As designed, 
the Operating Profit Margin and revenue growth goals were intended by the Compensation Committee 
to be based on the Company’s long-term strategic plan, not the Company’s annual operating plan. The 
Incentive Plan further provides that no payments may be made unless certain Operating Profit Margin 
thresholds are met. As opposed to the targets for the Incentive Plan, the Committee has typically set 
the threshold levels for payments based in part on a review of the Company’s annual operating plan 
along with current economic and market conditions. 

In determining the amount of a bonus payment for an individual participant, the Incentive Plan 
provides that the Compensation Committee will set forth a formula for each measurement period for 
determining the pay-out percentage (the “Incentive Plan Pay-Out Percentage”) based on the actual 
performance of the Company relative to the target levels for each of the performance measures. The 
Incentive Plan further provides that payments may exceed the target payouts when the Company’s 
financial performance exceeds the achievement of those performance goals. Payments under the 
Incentive Plan may not exceed 250% of a participant’s target bonus for any applicable measurement 
period, and are further subject to the Company’s cap of 12% of the Company’s non-GAAP operating 
profit on total payments under the Company’s variable compensation plans. 

If a participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of death, disability, or 
termination by the Company without cause during a performance period, then that participant will 
still receive the same payment under the Incentive Plan that he would have received if he were still 
employed on the last day of the semi-annual performance period, but such amount will be prorated 
based on the number of calendar days that the participant was employed with the Company during 
such performance period. If, in the event of a change of control of the Company, the Incentive Plan is 
not assumed or replaced with a comparable plan by the Company’s successor, each participant under 
the Incentive Plan will receive a pro rata cash payment for their target bonus, based upon the number 
of calendar days completed in the current semi-annual period. For more information, please see the 
section of the proxy entitled “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change of Control.”

In addition to the individual participant’s payout cap, the Compensation Committee has set an overall 
cap on total payments under the Company’s variable compensation plans (including the Incentive 
Plan) to an amount equal to 12% of the Company’s non-GAAP operating profit. The Compensation 
Committee instituted a cap in fiscal year 2010 because it determined that the proposed targets and 
thresholds under the Inventive Plan created a risk that a large percentage of the Company’s operating 
profit for the period could be paid out as bonuses if the revenue growth of the Company continued 
to increase as anticipated. The Compensation Committee set the cap at 12% based on its desire to 
provide a reasonable payout for performance to the Company’s performance targets while maintaining 
a reasonable cap on payments under all of the Company’s variable compensation plans. The 
Compensation Committee determined that the 12% cap was still appropriate for the 2012 year. 

For the first semi-annual performance period in fiscal year 2012, the performance target levels for the 
two performance measures were set such that a participant would receive 100% of his or her target 
bonus if the Company achieved an Operating Profit Margin of 20% and annual revenue growth of 15% 
during the semi-annual performance period. Specifically, the formula for determining the Incentive 
Plan Pay-Out Percentage was set by the Compensation Committee as follows:

27

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 28

OPERATOR PM8 

(1)  The operating profit payout percentage is determined based on the Company’s Operating 
Profit Margin for the semi-annual performance period. If the Company fails to achieve a 
threshold Operating Profit Margin of 10%, then no bonus payments would be made for the 
performance period. 

(2)  At the threshold Operating Profit Margin of 10%, the operating profit payout percentage 
would be 25%. At the target Operating Profit Margin of 20%, the operating profit payout 
percentage would be 100%. For Operating Profit Margin performance between the threshold 
of 10% and the target of 20%, the operating profit percentage payout would be determined by 
using straight-line interpolation between the threshold and target points. For example, if the 
Company achieved an Operating Profit Margin of 16%, the operating profit payout percentage 
would be calculated as 70% (25% + (3/5 x 75%)).

(3)  For performance above the target Operating Profit Margin of 20%, the operating profit payout 
percentage would increase linearly by 10% for each percentage point of Operating Profit 
Margin in excess of 20%. For example, if the Company achieved an Operating Profit Margin 
of 25%, the operating profit payout percentage would be calculated as 150% (100% + (5 x 
10%)). 

(4)  Once the operating profit payout percentage is determined, the Incentive Plan Pay-out 

Percentage is calculated by multiplying the operating profit payout percentage by a revenue 
growth multiplier. 

(5)  For fiscal year 2012, the revenue growth multiplier was set at 50% for revenue growth 

below 5% and 100% for target revenue growth of 15%. For revenue growth performance 
between 5% and 15%, the revenue growth multiplier would be determined using straight-
line interpolation between these points. For example, if the Company achieved 10% revenue 
growth during the period, the revenue growth multiplier would be calculated as 75% (50% + 
(5/10 x 50%)). 

(6)  For performance levels above the target revenue growth of 15%, the revenue growth multiplier 

would increase linearly by 5% for each percentage point of revenue growth in excess of 15%. 
For example, if the Company achieved annual revenue growth of 20% in the relevant period, 
the revenue growth multiplier would be calculated as 125% (100% + (5% x 5)). 

As a result of the Company’s performance in the first half of the fiscal year, executive officers, 
including our Named Executive Officers, earned payments of 66% of each individual’s target bonus for 
the semi-annual period. The Incentive Plan Payout Percentage for the first half of fiscal year 2012 was 
calculated based on an Operating Profit Margin of 22% (17% on a GAAP basis) and revenue growth of 
6%. As a result of the Company’s performance in the second half of the fiscal year, executive officers, 
including our Named Executive Officers, earned payments of approximately 233% of each individual’s 
target bonus for the semi-annual period. The Incentive Plan Payout Percentage for the second half of 
fiscal year 2012 was calculated based on an Operating Profit Margin of 26% (20% on a GAAP basis) 
and revenue growth of 24.6%. A reconciliation of the Company’s GAAP operating profit margin to the 
Operating Profit Margin used in the Company’s Incentive Plan calculations is included as an annex to 
this proxy statement.

Long-Term Incentives
We provide long-term incentive opportunities through equity awards to motivate and reward our 
executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers, for their contributions to achieving our 
business objectives by tying incentives to the performance of the Company’s common stock over the 
long term. The use of equity further reinforces the link between the interests of our executive officers 
and our stockholders. Generally, equity awards are made annually by the Compensation Committee to 
each of our executive officers under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. 

28

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 29

OPERATOR PM8 

Historically, we used stock options as our principal long-term incentive vehicle because of our belief 
that there was a near universal expectation by employees and executive officers in our industry that 
they would receive stock option grants. Options have provided an effective compensation opportunity 
for companies, like ours, focused on growth. Options are designed to align the interests of our 
executive officers and employees with those of our stockholders and provide each individual with a 
significant incentive to manage the Company from the perspective of an owner with an equity stake 
in the business. Each option award enables the recipient to purchase shares of the Company’s common 
stock at a fixed price per share (the market price of the Company’s stock on the grant date) over a 
specified period of time (up to ten years). Each option becomes exercisable in a series of installments 
over a specified period, contingent upon the recipient’s continued employment with the Company. 
Accordingly, the options provide a potential return to the employee or executive officer only if he or 
she remains employed by the Company during the vesting period, and then only if the market price of 
the Company’s common stock appreciates over the option term.

In September 2010, the Compensation Committee approved DolmatConnell’s recommendation to 
move to a long-term incentive framework based on an award mix of 50% stock options and 50% time-
vested restricted stock unit (“RSUs”) awards. The proposed mix is consistent with the Company’s 
Proxy Group practices in which stock options are commonly used with other full value awards with 
time or performance-based vesting. The decision to use time-vested RSUs balances the benefits of 
stock options with the executive retention and stockholder dilution benefits that RSUs provide. In 
particular, the Compensation Committee believes that the use of time-based restricted stock units with 
a three-year cliff vest helps further our retention objectives by encouraging our executive officers to 
remain with the Company and fully execute our long-term strategies, which generally take a number 
of years to be fully implemented and reflected in our financial performance. And because RSU awards 
are typically granted at a lower number of shares than an equivalent option grant, the dilutive impact of 
our long-term incentive awards as a whole is reduced by using a mix of these two types of equity. 

The Compensation Committee’s long-term incentive compensation philosophy is to grant awards 
to executive officers that position target total direct compensation approximately at the market 
50th percentile. Based on this philosophy, in September 2011, DolmatConnell recommended grant 
ranges based on the implied market long-term incentive compensation value, which was calculated 
by subtracting the market median target total cash compensation for an executive officer from the 
executive officer’s market median target total direct compensation. In addition to these suggested 
annual grant guidelines, the Compensation Committee also takes into account the number and 
current unrealized value of outstanding options held by each executive officer in order to maintain 
an appropriate level of equity incentive for that individual. The Compensation Committee further 
considers the Company’s current equity burn rate and dilution in setting the amount of equity available 
for grant to our executive officers. The size of the equity award to each executive officer is set by the 
Compensation Committee at a level that is intended to create a meaningful opportunity for stock price 
appreciation based upon the individual’s position with the Company, current performance, anticipated 
future contribution based on that performance, and ability to affect corporate and/or business unit 
results. The Compensation Committee utilizes a largely discretionary approach for determining the 
amount of equity awards awarded to an individual executive officer and looks collectively at all of 
these factors. Ultimately, the Compensation Committee’s decision with respect to the size of equity 
awards is subjective and made in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee. 

For fiscal year 2012, based on DolmatConnell’s recommendations and the other relevant factors 
summarized above, the Compensation Committee approved the grant of a mix of options and RSU 
awards to our executive officers in conjunction with the Company’s annual review of equity awards 
for all employees. The relevant weight given to each of these factors used to determine the size of each 
executive officer’s grant varied from individual to individual. The equity awards were granted on the 
Company’s Monthly Grant Date (as defined below) in October 2011. The Company awarded equity 
grants to executive officers in fiscal year 2012 that resulted in certain executive officers receiving 

29

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 30

OPERATOR PM8 

a target total direct compensation opportunity above the 50th percentile level. The Compensation 
Committee determined that the size of these awards was deserved based on the performance of the 
Company in the preceding twelve months. 

Equity Award Practices and Timing
The Compensation Committee has implemented a process whereby new employee equity awards 
and special stock awards are granted and priced on the first Wednesday of each calendar month 
(the “Monthly Grant Date”). The purpose of this process is to minimize the administrative burdens 
that would be created with multiple monthly grant dates and to ensure that all required approvals 
are obtained on or before the Monthly Grant Date. If the Monthly Grant Date occurs on a Company 
holiday, or on other days that the Company or Nasdaq is closed for business, the Monthly Grant Date 
will be the next regularly scheduled business day. The Compensation Committee does not have any 
program, plan or practice to time option grants to our executive officers in coordination with the 
release of material non-public information.

Perquisites and Other Benefits 
All of our employees, including our executive officers, are eligible to participate in the Company’s 
welfare and health benefit programs, including our 401(k) plan; medical, vision and dental plans; and 
certain other standard employee benefit plans. The Cirrus Logic, Inc. 401(k) Plan is a tax-qualified 
profit sharing and 401(k) plan. Under the plan, we match 50% of up to the first 6% of an employee’s 
pre-tax deferrals, subject to the IRS compensation limits. 

Our CEO and other executive officers participate in these welfare and health benefit programs to the 
same extent as all other salaried employees based in the United States. Although perquisites are not a 
material part of our compensation programs for executive officers and are generally not provided, we 
do reimburse up to $500 for an annual physical examination for each of our executive officers to the 
extent the physical examination is not covered under our standard health care plans.

Post-Employment Compensation
We do not maintain separate individual employment, severance, or change of control agreements with 
our Named Executive Officers; however, on July 26, 2007, after a review of other companies’ practices 
with respect to management severance plans, the Compensation Committee approved and adopted an 
Executive Severance and Change of Control Plan (the “2007 Severance Plan”). The 2007 Severance 
Plan provides certain severance and other benefits to eligible executive officers (“Eligible Executives”), 
including each of the Named Executive Officers, whose employment is involuntarily terminated by the 
Company (other than for cause) or whose employment terminates following a change of control of the 
Company. The 2007 Severance Plan became effective on October 1, 2007.

The 2007 Severance Plan provides that, in the event of an Eligible Executive’s termination of 
employment without cause, an Eligible Executive will be eligible to receive: (i) a continuation of 
base salary for a period of up to six months (up to 12 months for the Company’s CEO) following 
termination, and (ii) payment in full of a reasonable estimate of premiums for three months of 
continued health care coverage. 

The 2007 Severance Plan further provides that, if an Eligible Executive’s employment is terminated 
within 12 months following a change in control, either by the Company without cause or by the 
Eligible Executive for good reason, the Eligible Executive will be eligible to receive (in lieu of the 
benefits described above): (i) a lump sum payment equal to twelve months’ salary, (ii) acceleration in 
full of any unvested stock options or any other securities or similar incentives that have been granted 
or issued to the Eligible Executive as of the termination date, and (iii) payment in full of a reasonable 
estimate of COBRA premiums for twelve months. The Eligible Executive shall have six months from 
the termination date to exercise any vested options. 

30

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 31

OPERATOR PM8 

The 2007 Severance Plan may not be amended or terminated without the consent of any Eligible 
Executive during the one year prior to or following the occurrence of a change in control, if such 
amendment would be adverse to the interest of such Eligible Executive. In order to receive severance 
payments under the 2007 Severance Plan, an Eligible Executive must execute a general release of all 
claims against the Company. Additional details and specific terms of the Severance Plan are set forth 
in the section of this proxy entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

We maintain a severance plan because we believe it is consistent with the practices of peer companies 
and helps ensure that we are able to attract and retain top talent. Further, we believe that our plan 
provides a level of stability the Eligible Executives during volatile business conditions that have 
historically existed in our industry so that they remain focused on their responsibilities and the long-
term interests of the Company during such times. The 2007 Severance Plan provides for “double-
trigger” rather than “single-trigger” payment and benefits in the event of a change in control. In other 
words, payments to an Eligible Executives are contingent upon an involuntarily termination following 
a change in control. This severance plan design is intended to provide a level of security to Eligible 
Executives negotiating a transaction to avoid any misalignment with the interests of our stockholders 
without resulting in a windfall to Eligible Executives who remain employed following such a 
transaction.

Policies Regarding Short Selling and Hedging Transactions
The Company prohibits directors, officers, and employees from investing in derivative securities based 
on or related to the Company’s common stock or engaging in any short sale or hedging transactions 
involving the Company’s common stock. This policy does not restrict the ownership of Company-
granted awards, such as stock options, restricted stock, RSUs, or other equity awards issued by the 
Company.

Tax Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction to publicly-held companies 
for compensation paid to our CEO and any of the three most highly compensated officers (other 
than our principal financial officer) to the extent that compensation exceeds $1,000,000 per covered 
officer in any fiscal year. The limitation applies only to compensation that is not considered to be 
“performance-based compensation. Under the Treasury Regulations corresponding to Section 162(m) 
of the Internal Revenue Code, compensation received through the exercise of an option will not be 
subject to the $1,000,000 limit if it qualifies as “qualified performance-based compensation” within 
the meaning of Section 162(m). 

It is the Compensation Committee’s objective, so long as it is reasonable and consistent with the 
Company’s overall business, compensation, and retention objectives, to endeavor to design executive 
officer compensation programs that keep executive compensation deductible for federal income tax 
purposes. We structured our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan with the intention that stock options and 
full value awards with performance-based vesting would qualify for tax deductibility. However, in 
order to maintain flexibility in the compensation program, other forms of equity such as RSU awards 
are available and do not qualify for tax deductibility. In addition, although it is the Compensation 
Committee’s preference to keep executive compensation deductible for federal income tax purposes 
when appropriate, our stockholders have not approved our Incentive Plan, or the performance goals 
under our Incentive Plan. Therefore, we expect that any payments under the Incentive Plan will not 
qualify as “performance-based compensation” under 162(m).

In fiscal year 2012, the Company had a tax deduction disallowance under Section 162(m) of 
approximately $27,580. This disallowance was the result of options exercised by covered employees 
during the year. These options were granted prior to the adoption of the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan 
from plans that did not qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m).

31

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 32

OPERATOR PM8 

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code disallows the deduction of any “excess parachute 
payment” paid in connection with certain events. A portion of amounts payable under the 2007 
Severance Plan constitute “excess parachute payments.” Accordingly, the 2007 Severance Plan 
provides for a modified Section 280G “cut back” pursuant to which payments and benefits under the 
2007 Severance Plan will be reduced in the event such reduction produces a greater after-tax benefit to 
the executive. See “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control” at page 39.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation 
The Compensation Committee of the Board currently consists of Messrs. Carter, Dehne, and 
Schuele. None of our executive officers have ever served as a member of the board of directors or the 
compensation committee of another entity that has or has had, at the time of his service or during 
the same fiscal year, one or more executive officers serving as a member of the Company’s Board 
or Compensation Committee. These members are considered independent under the Company’s 
Board and Committee independence standards as set forth in the Company’s Corporate Governance 
Guidelines, which is included as an Exhibit to this proxy.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT 

We, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, have reviewed and discussed the 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with 
management of the Company. Based on such review and discussion, we have recommended to the 
Board of Directors that the CD&A be included as part of this Proxy Statement. 

Submitted by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors: 

Timothy R. Dehne, Chairman
John C. Carter
Alan R. Schuele

32

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 33

OPERATOR PM8 

CONSIDERATION OF RISK RELATED TO COMPENSATION PROGRAMS

The Compensation Committee structures our executive compensation program to provide incentives to 
appropriately reward our executive officers without undue risk taking. Our approach is similar for the 
compensation practices and polices applicable to all employees throughout the Company. Overall, we 
believe that our compensation programs do not create risks that are reasonably likely to have a material 
adverse effect on our Company. In general, we attempt to align our compensation programs with 
the long-term interests of the Company and its stockholders and mitigate the likelihood of inducing 
excessive risk-taking behavior. More specifically, we believe the following program features and 
policies help to mitigate the likelihood of inducing excessive risk-taking behavior:

●	 The	Company	pays	a	mix	of	fixed	and	variable	compensation,	with	variable	compensation	

tied both to short-term objectives and the long-term value of our stock price. 

●	 Our	annual	incentive	programs	are	based	on	a	mix	of	bottom-line	objectives	(i.e.,	operating	
profit goals) and top-line objectives (i.e., revenue growth) in order to avoid the risk of 
excessive focus on one goal or performance measure. 

●	 To	prevent	the	risk	that	our	annual	incentive	program	pays	bonuses	despite	weak	short-term	
performance, no payout may occur without a threshold level of operating profit performance 
being met. 

●	 Our	executive	and	leadership	team	annual	incentive	program	payout	is	capped	at	a	percentage	
of overall operating profit to prevent the risk of excessive payout of the Company’s operating 
profit. 

●	 Our	executive	and	leadership	team	annual	incentive	program	is	further	capped	so	that	no	

participant may receive a payout of greater than 250% of his or her target payout. 

●	 Long-term	incentives	are	awarded	to	executives	in	the	form	of	equity	that	vests	over	a	

significant period of time, typically three or four years. The vesting period is intended to 
align the interests of our executive officers with the long-term interests of stockholders and to 
provide an incentive for our executive officers to remain with the Company.

●	 Long-term	incentives	are	typically	granted	annually	so	our	executive	officers	will	have	

unvested awards that may decrease in value if our business is not managed with long-term 
goals in mind. 

●	

In	calendar	2010,	we	began	using	a	mixture	of	stock	options	and	restricted	stock	unit	(“RSU”)	
awards in order to create an overall long-term incentive package that aligns with stockholder 
interests, appropriately balances risk and performance, and provides competitive incentives 
for the purpose of executive retention. 

●	 The	Compensation	Committee	hires	an	independent	compensation	consultant	and	uses	

market data, when available, to inform our focus on pay for performance.

33

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 34

OPERATOR PM8 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Fiscal Year 2012 Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides certain summary information concerning the compensation awarded to, 
earned by, or paid to the Named Executive. The table sets forth compensation for services rendered 
by our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012; March 26, 2011; and 
March 27, 2010 as applicable.

Name and Principal  
Position 
(a)

Jason P. Rhode,
President and Chief
Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case,
Chief Financial Officer,
Vice President of Finance
and Treasurer

Salary 
($) 
(c)

$ 453,415
408,616
390,000

$ 263,943
250,701
245,000

Year 
(b)

2012
2011
2010

2012
2011
2010

$ 1,300
—
—

$ —
—
—

Scott A. Anderson,
Senior Vice President
and General Manager,
Mixed-Signal Audio Division

2012
2011
2010

$ 279,293
275,000
275,000

$ —
13,750
—

(11)

$ 269,675
284,375
—

Gregory S. Thomas,
Vice President,
General Counsel
and Corporate Secretary

Thomas Stein,
Vice President and
General Manager,
EXL Division (19)

2012
2011
2010

$ 280,500
277,560
275,000

$15,000
8,750 
—

(14)
(16)

$ 231,150
260,000
—

2012
2011

$ 237,010
219,773

$ —
—

$ 231,150
227,500

Bonus 
($) 
(d)

Stock  
Awards (1) 
($) 
(e)

Option  
Awards (1) 
($) 
(f)

Non-Equity  
Incentive Plan  
Compensation (2) 
($) 
(g)

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 
(i)

Total 
($) 
(j)

(3)

$ 577,875
609,375
—

$ 1,085,968
1,347,530
1,093,712

$ 192,625
203,125
—

$

$

$

$

$

572,470
736,500
193,971

202,105
301,044
81,236

211,935
330,000
91,183

209,877
333,163
91,183

181,482
264,075

$

$

$

$

$

9,201
8,316
23,101

8,525
9,083
8,588

(4)
(5)
(6)

(7)
(8)
(9)

$ 2,700,229
3,110,337
1,700,784

$

868,304
1,010,548
538,984

3,275
2,692
3,381

(10)
(12)
(13)

$ 1,045,726
1,258,033
632,055

9,184
8,410
25,210

(15)
(17)
(18)

7,145
6,015

(20)
(21)

$

$

987,037
1,210,239
653,884

898,113
993,466

$

$

$

$

201,106
246,595
204,160

281,548
352,216
262,491

241,326
322,356
262,491

241,326
276,103

(1)  The amounts reflected in the “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” columns show amounts that 
do not reflect compensation actually received by the Named Executive Officer, but represent the 
aggregate grant date fair value of all equity granted in fiscal year 2012 and previous fiscal years 
as determined pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding any assumptions regarding potential 
forfeitures. The assumptions underlying the calculation under FASB ASC Topic 718 are discussed 
under Note 8, Stockholders’ Equity Compensation, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

(2)  This column shows amounts earned under the Company’s 2007 Management and Key Individual 
Contributor Incentive Plan, which is described in further detail in the “Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis – Annual Performance Awards” section of these proxy materials. Payments earned in 
the second semi-annual period of fiscal year 2012 were paid in fiscal year 2013.

(3)  This amount was awarded pursuant to the Company’s Patent Incentive Program.

(4)  This amount includes $7,923 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $685 associated with 
the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Dr. Rhode, 
and $593 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s 
long-term disability plan.

(5)  This amount includes $7,534 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $660 associated with 
the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Dr. Rhode, 
$121 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long 
term disability plan.

34

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 35

OPERATOR PM8 

(6)  This amount includes $7,350 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan and $609 associated 

with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of 
Dr. Rhode, $28 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the 
Company’s long term disability plan, and $15,114 in payment for accrued vacation made in 
association with changes made to the Company’s vacation policy.

(7)  This amount includes $5,447 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $2,557 associated 
with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of 
Mr. Case, and $521 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the 
Company’s long-term disability plan.

(8)  This amount includes $7,477 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $1,504 associated 
with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of 
Mr. Case, and $102 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the 
Company’s long term disability plan.

(9)  This amount includes $7,350 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan and $1,215 associated 

with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of 
Mr. Case, and $23 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the 
Company’s long term disability plan.

(10) This amount reflects $2,723 associated with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to 
life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Anderson, and $552 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of 
the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan.

(11) This amount was awarded as a discretionary bonus in lieu of an annual base salary increase.

(12) This amount reflects $2,580 associated with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to 

life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Anderson, and $112 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of 
the Company with respect to the Company’s long-term disability plan.

(13) This amount includes $775 in opt-out payments associated with opting out of the Company’s 

medical plan, $2,580 associated with the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life 
insurance for the benefit of Mr. Anderson, and $26 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the 
Company with respect to the Company’s long term disability plan.

(14) This amount was awarded as a discretionary bonus in lieu of an annual salary increase as further 
detailed in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Base Salary” section of these proxy 
materials.

(15) This amount includes $7,674 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $955 associated with 
the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Thomas, 
and $555 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s 
long-term disability plan.

(16) This amount was awarded as a discretionary bonus in lieu of an annual base salary increase.

(17) This amount includes $7,388 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $909 associated with 
the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Thomas, 
and $113 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s 
long-term disability plan.

(18) This amount includes $7,350 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $669 associated with 
the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Thomas, 
$25 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s long 
term disability plan, and $17,165 in payment for accrued vacation made in association with 
changes made to the Company’s vacation policy.

(19)  Mr. Stein was not a Named Executive Officer during the 2010 fiscal year.

35

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 36

OPERATOR PM8 

(20) This amount includes $6,150 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $527 associated with 
the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Stein, 
and $468 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s 
long-term disability plan.

(21) This amount includes $5,494 in matched contributions under our 401(k) plan, $432 associated with 
the value of insurance premiums paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of Mr. Stein, 
and $89 in tax gross ups paid to all employees of the Company with respect to the Company’s 
long-term disability plan.

Fiscal Year 2012 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for 
the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, to the Named Executive Officers. All of the restricted stock 
units and stock options reflected in the table were granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. 
Each stock option has a maximum term of ten years, subject to earlier termination if the optionee’s 
services are terminated. Unless noted, the exercisability of options vests with respect to 25% of the 
shares underlying the option one year after the date of grant and with respect to the remaining shares 
underlying the option thereafter in 36 equal monthly installments. The exercise price of each stock 
option is equal to the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The restricted stock unit 
awards will vest with respect to 100% of the shares underlying the award on the third anniversary 
of the grant date. Holders of restricted stock unit awards are not entitled to receive any dividends 
or dividend equivalents with respect to outstanding restricted stock units. Special accelerated 
vesting provisions applicable to the equity awards upon a Named Executive Officer’s termination 
of employment or upon a change of control are described below under “Potential Payments Upon 
Termination or Change of Control.”

The amounts reported in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” 
column set forth potential payouts under the Company’s 2007 Management and Key Individual 
Contributor Incentive Plan, which is described further at page 26. 

36

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 37

OPERATOR PM8 

Estimated Future Payouts Under  
Non-Equity  
Incentive Plan Awards

Threshold (2) 
($) 
(c)

Target 
($) 
(d)

Maximum 
($) 
(e)

All Other  
Stock  
Awards:  
Number of  
Shares of  
Stock or  
Units 
(#) 
(i)

All Other  
Option  
Awards:  
Number of  
Securities 
Underlying  
Options 
(#) 
(j)

Exercise or  
Base Price  
of Option  
Awards  
($/Sh) 
(k)

Name 
(a)

Grant Date (1) 
(b)

Approval 
Date

Jason P. Rhode, 
President and Chief 
Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case, 
Chief Financial Officer, 
Vice President of Finance 
and Treasurer

Scott A. Anderson, 
Senior Vice President 
and General Manager, 
Mixed-Signal Audio Division

Gregory S. Thomas, 
Vice President, General 
Counsel and Corporate 
Secretary

10/5/2011
10/5/2011

9/21/2011
9/21/2011

$118,750

$475,000 $1,187,500

135,000

$15.41

37,500

10/5/2011
10/5/2011

9/21/2011
9/21/2011

$ 33,764

$135,057 $ 337,641

25,000

$15.41

12,500

10/5/2011
10/5/2011

9/21/2011
9/21/2011

$ 35,406

$141,625 $ 354,063

35,000

$15.41

17,500

10/5/2011
10/5/2011

9/21/2011
9/21/2011

$ 35,063

$140,250 $ 350,625

30,000

$15.41

15,000

Thomas Stein, Vice President 
and General Manager, EXL 
Division

10/5/2011
10/5/2011

9/21/2011
9/21/2011

$ 30,319

$121,275 $ 303,188

30,000

$15.41

15,000

Grant  
Date  
Fair  
Value  
of Stock  
and Option  
Awards (3) 
(l)

$ 577,875
1,085,968

$ 192,625
201,106

$ 269,675
281,548

$ 231,150
241,326

$ 231,150
241,326

(1)  The Company’s policy is to grant employee equity awards on the first Wednesday of the month 
(the “Monthly Grant Date”) after the Company’s Compensation Committee approves the grant. 
If the Monthly Grant Date occurs on a Company holiday, or on other days that the Company or 
Nasdaq is closed for business, the Monthly Grant Date is the next regularly scheduled business 
day when the Company and Nasdaq are open for business.

(2)  Payments may be paid only if Operating Profit Margin thresholds are achieved pursuant to the 
Company’s 2007 Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan (as described 
further at page 26). No payments may be paid under the plan if the Operating Profit Margin 
thresholds are not achieved.

(3)  This amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the equity awards computed 

in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The 
assumptions underlying the calculation under FASB ASC Topic 718 are discussed under Note 8, 
Equity Compensation, in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

37

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 38

OPERATOR PM8 

Fiscal Year 2012 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table provides information concerning the outstanding equity award holdings held by 
our Named Executive Officers as of March 31, 2012.

Option Awards

Stock Awards

Name

(a)
Jason P. Rhode,  
President and Chief 
Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case,  
Chief Financial Officer,  
Vice President of Finance 
and Treasurer

Scott A. Anderson,  
Senior Vice President and 
General Manager, Mixed-
Signal Audio Division

Gregory S. Thomas,  
Vice President,  
General Counsel and 
Corporate Secretary

Thomas Stein,  
Vice President and  
General Manager,  
EXL Division

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
Exercisable
(#)
(b)
15,000
80,000
325,000
71,772
158,054
47,812
-

27,159 (2)
25,000
2,084
39,806
42,708
42,291
8,853
-

80,000
58,083
54,375
12,395
-

80,000
75,000
19,835
41,854
11,333
-

105
4,688
2,083
50,757
42,290
9,916
-

Option 
Exercise Price
($)
(e)
$  6.97
$  8.06
$  7.87
$  5.25
$  5.55
$16.25
$15.41

$  3.40
$  4.58
$  8.41
$  6.51
$  5.25
$  5.55
$16.25
$15.41

$  5.67
$  5.25
$  5.55
$16.25
$15.41

$  8.06
$  6.51
$  5.25
$  5.55
$16.25
$15.41

$  6.56
$  6.51
$  6.63
$  5.25
$  5.55
$16.25
$15.41

Option 
Expiration Date

(f)
10/24/2013
03/01/2016
06/06/2017
10/01/2018
10/07/2019
10/06/2020
10/05/2021

06/23/2013
03/02/2015
03/07/2017
10/03/2017
10/01/2018
10/07/2019
10/06/2020
10/05/2021

11/07/2017
10/01/2018
10/07/2019
10/06/2020
10/05/2021

03/01/2016
10/03/2017
10/01/2018
10/07/2019
10/06/2020
10/05/2021

08/02/2016
10/03/2017
06/04/2018
10/01/2018
10/07/2019
10/06/2020
10/05/2021

Number of 
Shares or 
Units of Stock 
That Have Not 
Vested(3)
(#)
(g)

Market Value 
of Shares or 
Units of Stock 
That Have Not 
Vested(4)
($)
(h)

37,500
37,500

$892,500
$892,500

12,500
12,500

$297,500
$297,500

17,500
17,500

$416,500
$416,500

16,000
15,000

$380,800
$357,000

15,000
14,000

$357,000
$333,200

Number of Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised Options 
Unexercisable(1)
(#)
(c)

-
-
-
38,647
156,946
87,188
135,000

-
-
-
-
7,292
27,709
16,147
25,000

-
9,917
35,625
22,605
35,000

-
-
9,917
48,146
20,667
30,000

-
-
313
10,938
27,710
18,084
30,000

38

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 39

OPERATOR PM8 

Fiscal Year 2012 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table (continued from previous page)

(1)   Unless otherwise noted within this table, all stock options vest over four years, with one-year cliff 
vesting for 25% of the options on the first anniversary of the grant date, and 1/36 of the remaining 
options vesting on a monthly basis over the following three years. 

(2)   Stock options granted on June 23, 2003 to Mr. Case vested over four years, with cliff vesting for 
20% of the options on the six-month anniversary of the grant date, cliff vesting for 20% of the 
options on the 12-month anniversary of the grant date, and 1/36 of the remaining options vesting 
on a monthly basis over the following three years.

(3)   All RSU awards vest for 100% of the shares underlying the award on the third anniversary of the 

grant date. 

(4)   The market value of unvested RSUs awards reported in this column (h) is calculated by multiplying 

the number of units reported in column (g) by the closing market price of the Company’s common 
stock on March 30, 2012 (the last trading day of fiscal year 2012), which was $23.80.

Fiscal Year 2012 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table
The following table provides information on the value realized by each Named Executive Officer as a 
result of options that were exercised during the Company’s 2012 fiscal year. No stock awards vested 
for our Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 2012.

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Number of Shares 
Acquired on 
Exercise  
(#) 
(b)

Value Realized 
on  
Exercise  
($)  
(c) 

Number of Shares  
Acquired on 
Vesting  
(#)  
(d) 

Value Realized 
on  
Vesting  
($)  
(e) 

Name 
(a)

Jason P. Rhode, President and 
Chief Executive Officer

10,000

$66,500 

(1)   The value realized on the exercise of stock options was computed by determining the difference 
between the market price of the underlying securities at exercise and the exercise price of the 
options for each share exercised. 

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
The Company does not sponsor or maintain either a defined benefit pension plan or a nonqualified 
deferred compensation plan for the benefit of its executive officers.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control. 
The Company does not maintain individual employment, severance, or change of control agreements 
with our Named Executive Officers; however, on July 26, 2007, our Compensation Committee 
approved and adopted an Executive Severance and Change of Control Plan (the “2007 Severance 
Plan”) providing for certain payments and benefits to individuals employed by the Company and its 
subsidiaries at the level of Chief Executive Officer and Vice President or above and reporting directly 
to the Chief Executive Officer (“Eligible Executives”) in the event that the employment of an executive 
is involuntarily terminated other than for cause or whose employment terminates following a change of 
control of the Company. The Plan became effective on October 1, 2007. Each of our Named Executive 
Officers would be considered Eligible Executives under the 2007 Severance Plan.

The Company maintains the 2007 Severance Plan because we believe it helps to ensure that we are able 
to attract and retain top talent. Further, we believe that our the 2007 Severance Plan provides a level of 
stability for our executives during volatile business conditions that have historically existed so that they 
remain focused on their responsibilities and the long-term interests of the Company during such times. 

39

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 40

OPERATOR PM8 

The 2007 Severance Plan provides that, in the event of an Eligible Executive’s involuntary termination 
of employment other than for “cause,” an Eligible Executive will be eligible to receive: (i) a 
continuation of base salary for a period of up to six (6) months (up to twelve (12) months in the case of 
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer) following termination, and (ii) payment in full of a reasonable 
estimate of COBRA premiums for 3 months (collectively, the “Termination Payment”).  

The 2007 Severance Plan further provides that, if an Eligible Executive’s employment is terminated 
either by the Company without “cause” or by the Eligible Executive for “good reason” within twelve 
(12) months following a “change in control,” the Eligible Executive will be eligible to receive a 
“Change in Control Termination Payment,” which is comprised of: (i) a lump sum payment equal to 
twelve (12) months’ base salary, (ii) acceleration in full of any unvested stock options or any other 
securities or similar incentives that have been granted or issued to the Eligible Executive as of the 
termination date, and (iii) payment in full of a reasonable estimate of COBRA premiums for twelve 
(12) months. An Eligible Executive has until the later of six months from the termination date or the 
original expiration date of the award to exercise any vested options. 

In the event of an Eligible Executive’s death or “disability,” the Eligible Executive or his estate, 
as applicable will receive the Termination Payment described above. If the death or disability has 
occurred within twelve (12) months following a “change in control,” the Eligible Executive or his 
estate, as applicable, will receive the Change in Control Termination Payment described above.

For purposes of the 2007 Severance Plan, the term “cause” means (i) gross negligence or willful 
misconduct in the performance of an executive officer’s duties; (ii) a material and willful violation of 
any federal or state law that if made public would injure the business or reputation of the Company; 
(iii) a refusal or willful failure to comply with any specific lawful direction or order of the Company 
or the material policies and procedures of the Company including but not limited to the Company’s 
Code of Conduct and the Company’s Insider Trading Policy as well as any obligations concerning 
proprietary rights and confidential information of the Company; (iv) a conviction (including a plea 
of nolo contendere) of a felony, or of a misdemeanor that would have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s goodwill if the executive officer were to continue to be retained as an employee of the 
Company; or (v) a substantial and continuing willful refusal to perform duties ordinarily performed by 
an employee in the same position and having similar duties as the executive officer. The term “good 
reason” means: (i) without the executive officer’s express written consent, a material reduction of the 
executive officer’s duties, authority, or responsibilities relative to the executive’s duties, authority, 
or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (ii) a material reduction by the 
Company in the base salary of an executive officer as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; 
or (iii) the relocation of an executive officer’s principal work location to a facility or a location more 
than fifty (50) miles from executive officer’s then present principal work location. “Good reason” 
shall not exist unless the executive officer provides written notice of the circumstances alleged to give 
rise to good reason within thirty (30) days of their occurrence and the Company (or our successor) 
fails to cure such circumstances within thirty (30) days. A “disability” is generally defined in the 
2007 Severance Plan as the executive’s mental or physical disability, illness or injury that renders 
the executive unable to perform any one or more of the essential duties of his position for a period of 
ninety (90) days or more in any one year period.

For purposes of the 2007 Severance Plan, the term “change of control” means the occurrence of one 
or more of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the acquisition by any person (or related 
group of persons), whether by tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders, 
open market purchases or any other transaction or series of transactions, of stock of the Company that, 
together with stock of the Company held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent 
(50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Company 
entitled to vote generally in the election of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors; (ii) a 
merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction 
in which both (A) securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting 
power of the surviving entity are beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated 

40

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 41

OPERATOR PM8 

under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, immediately after such merger or 
consolidation by persons who beneficially owned common stock immediately prior to such merger 
or consolidation, and (B) the members of the Board of Directors immediately prior to the transaction 
(the “Existing Board”) constitute a majority of the Board of Directors immediately after such merger 
or consolidation; (iii) any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which 
either (A) persons who beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, Common Stock immediately prior to 
such reverse merger do not retain immediately after such reverse merger direct or indirect beneficial 
ownership of securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power 
of the Company’s outstanding securities or (B) the members of the existing Board do not constitute a 
majority of the Board of Directors immediately after such reverse merger; or (iv) the sale, transfer or 
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, transfer or 
other disposition to one or more subsidiaries of the Company). 

The 2007 Severance Plan may not be amended or terminated without the consent of any Eligible 
Executive during the one year prior to or following the occurrence of a change in control, if such 
amendment would be adverse to the interest of such Eligible Executive. If any payment or benefit 
under the 2007 Severance Plan would be a parachute payment (within the meaning of Section 280G of 
the Internal Revenue Code) and would therefore result in the imposition of an excise tax, an Eligible 
Executive’s payments and benefits will not exceed the amount that produces the greatest after-tax 
benefit to the executive.

To receive payments and benefits under the 2007 Severance Plan, an Eligible Executive must execute 
a release of all claims against the Company. If the Eligible Executive is considered a “specified 
employee” under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code at the time of the executive’s termination 
of employment, any amounts payable under the 2007 Severance Plan will be delayed for a period of 
six (6) months if it is determined that such a delay is necessary in order to prevent the payment from 
imposing exercise taxes on the executive.

In addition, a participant in the Incentive Plan, as described further in the Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis of this proxy statement, may also receive payments upon termination of employment or a 
change of control. Pursuant to the Incentive Plan, a participant, including each of our Named Executive 
Officers, must be continuously employed through the last day of the applicable plan cycle and through 
the date that cash bonuses under the Incentive Plan for such plan cycle are actually paid. However, 
participants whose employment terminates under certain circumstances (such as without “cause” 
or due to death or “disability”) during a plan cycle will be eligible to receive a pro rata cash bonus 
payment based on the number of days the participant was employed during that plan cycle and our 
actual performance during the plan cycle. The pro rata bonus amount will be paid to the terminated 
participant on or before the 15th day of the third month after the later of (i) the last day of the calendar 
year in which the termination occurred or (ii) the last day of our taxable year in which the termination 
occurred. In addition, if a change of control occurs and our successor does not assume the Incentive 
Plan, each participant will receive a pro rata cash bonus payment based on the number of calendar days 
completed in the current plan cycle multiplied by an incentive plan pay-out percentage of 100 percent. 
Any such payment will be made in a lump sum in cash within ten (10) days of the change of control.

For purposes of the Incentive Plan, the term “cause” means (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct 
in the performance of a participant’s duties to us after one written warning detailing the concerns and 
offering the participant opportunities to cure, (ii) material and willful violation of any federal or state 
law, (iii) commission of any act of fraud with respect to us, (iv) conviction of a felony or any crime 
causing material harm to our standing and reputation, or (v) intentional and improper disclosure of our 
confidential or proprietary information. The term “disability” in the Incentive Plan means total and 
permanent disability as defined in accordance with our long term disability plan.

For purposes of the Incentive Plan, the term “change in control” means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance 
or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets to any person, entity or group of persons 
acting in concert, (ii) any person (as defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934) becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act 

41

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 42

OPERATOR PM8 

of 1934), directly or indirectly, of our securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power 
represented by our then outstanding voting securities, or (iii) a merger or consolidation of us with 
any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in our voting securities 
outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by 
being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or party outstanding immediately after 
such merger or consolidation).

The discussion and tables below present an estimate of the amount of compensation and/or other 
benefits payable to our Named Executive Officers in the event of their termination of employment 
and/or in the event of a change in control of the Company. The amounts disclosed assume that such 
termination and/or the occurrence of such change of control was effective as of March 31, 2012. 
The amounts below have been calculated using numerous other assumptions that we believe to be 
reasonable and include amounts earned through March 31, 2012, and estimates to the amounts that 
would be paid to our Named Executive Officers upon their respective terminations of employment 
and/or upon the occurrence of a change of control. The actual amounts to be paid out are dependent 
on various factors, which may or may not exist at the time a Named Executive Officer’s employment 
is actually terminated and/or a change of control actually occurs. Therefore, such amounts and 
disclosures should be considered “forward-looking statements.”

The estimated amount payable to each of our Named Executive Officers pursuant to the 2007 
Severance Plan and the Incentive Plan in the event of an involuntary termination of employment 
other than for cause, or due to the Named Executive Officer’s death or disability, is set forth in the 
table below:

Name 

Salary  
Continuation(1) 

Health Benefits  
(up to 3 months)(2) 

Cash Bonus  
Under  
Incentive Plan(3)

Total 

Jason P. Rhode, President  
and Chief Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case, Chief  
Financial Officer,  
Vice President of Finance  
and Treasurer

Scott A. Anderson, Senior Vice 
President and General Manager, 
Mixed-Signal  
Audio Division

Gregory S. Thomas, Vice 
President, General Counsel and 
Corporate Secretary

Thomas Stein, Vice President  
and General Manager, EXL 
Division

$  475,000 

$   2,645 

$  556,426 

$   1,034,071 

$

135,057 

$

2,579 

$

158,208 

$

295,843 

$

141,625 

$

2,645 

$

165,903 

$

310,173 

$

140,250 

$

3,863 

$

164,292 

$

121,275 

$

3,863 

$

142,064 

$

$

308,405 

267,202 

(1)  The salary continuation payment for the Chief Executive Officer represents twelve months of his 
base salary as in effect on March 31, 2012; for each of the other Named Executive Officers, the 
amount is based on six months of base salary as in effect on March 31, 2012.

(2)  The valuation of the healthcare benefits has been computed based on an estimate of the COBRA 

payments required for the three-month period payable by the Company. 

(3)  The cash bonus under the incentive plan has been computed based on the amount that was actually 

paid under the Company’s Incentive Plan for the period ending on March 31, 2012. 

42

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 43

OPERATOR PM8 

The estimated amount payable to each of our Named Executive Officers pursuant to the 2007 
Severance Plan in the event of termination of employment following a change of control of the 
Company, other than for cause, is set forth in the table below. The possible application of any cutback 
required under the 2007 Severance Plan due to the operation of Section 280G and 4999 of the Internal 
Revenue Code has not been included in these calculations:

Name 

Salary  
Continuation 

Accelerated  
Vesting  
of Unvested  
Equity(1) 

Health Benefits  
(up to 12 
months)(2) 

Cash Bonus  
Under  
Incentive 
Plan 

Total 

Jason P. Rhode, 
President and Chief 
Executive Officer

Thurman K. Case, Chief 
Financial Officer, Vice 
President of Finance and 
Treasurer

Scott A. Anderson, 
Senior Vice President 
and General Manager, 
Mixed-Signal Audio 
Division

Gregory S. Thomas, 
Vice President, General 
Counsel and Corporate 
Secretary

Thomas Stein, Vice 
President and General 
Manager, EXL Division

$  475,000 

$   7,157,086 

$   10,582 

$  237,500 

$   7,880,167 

$

270,113 

$

1,567,616 

$

10,315 

$

67,528 

$

1,915,572 

$

283,250 

$

2,131,434 

$

10,582 

$

70,813 

$

2,496,078 

$

280,500 

$

2,208,161 

$

15,453 

$

70,125 

$

2,574,238 

$

242,550 

$

1,792,416 

$

15,453 

$

60,638 

$

2,111,056 

(1)  The valuation of accelerated vesting of unvested equity has been computed based on: (1) the 

estimated value that would have been realized based on the difference between the exercise price 
of the options that were subject to accelerated vesting and the closing market price of our common 
stock on March 30, 2012, which was $23.80, and (2) the value of RSUs subject to accelerated 
vesting based on that same closing market price.

(2)  The valuation of healthcare benefits is based on an estimate of the COBRA payments required for 

the 12-month period payable by the Company.

43

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 44

OPERATOR PM8 

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table provides information about the Company’s common stock that may be issued upon 
the exercise of options, warrants, and rights under all of the Company’s existing equity compensation 
plans as of March 31, 2012, including the 1990 Directors’ Stock Option Plan, the 1996 Stock Plan, the 
2002 Stock Option Plan, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, the Stream Machine Company 1996 Stock 
Plan, and the Stream Machine Company non-statutory stock option grants made outside of a plan (in 
thousands, except per share amounts):

(A)
Number of 
Securities to be  
issued upon exercise  
of outstanding  
options

(B)
Weighted-average  
exercise price of  
outstanding  
options

(C)
Number of securities  
remaining available for  
future issuance under equity  
compensation plans (except  
securities reflected  
in column (A))

Equity compensation plans  
approved by security holders(1)
Equity compensation plans not  
approved by security holders(5)
Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,101(2)

$8.43(3)

 419
7,520

$5.95
$6.87

6,257(4)

 —
6,257 

(1)  The Company’s stockholders have approved the Company’s 1990 Directors’ Stock Option Plan, 

the 1996 Stock Plan, and the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. The following plans were assumed by the 
Company at the time of acquisition, and the Company’s stockholder approval was not required 
for these plans or their respective outstanding grants, as they were approved by the acquired 
companies’ stockholders: the Stream Machine Company 1996 Stock Plan and the Stream Machine 
Company non-statutory stock option grants made outside of a plan. 

(2)  Includes 1,616,350 shares granted under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan that are issuable upon the 

vesting of the outstanding RSUs.

(3)  The weighted average exercise price does not take into account the shares issuable upon the 

vesting of the outstanding RSUs, which have no exercise price.

(4)  Our Board discontinued the grant of future awards under the option plans that we assumed in 

connection with our past acquisitions; as a result, the shares authorized for grant under these plans 
have not been included in the total shares remaining available for future issuance. As of March 
31, 2012, the Company was granting equity awards only under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. 
Approximately 871,670 shares have been deducted from the shares available for future issuance 
under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan due to a 1.5 full value award multiplier applied to restricted 
stock awards and RSUs granted pursuant to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. 

(5)  In August 2002, our Board of Directors approved the 2002 Stock Option Plan, which permits 

awards of fair market value stock options to non-executive employees. As of July 2006, when our 
stockholders approved the adoption of the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, we canceled all remaining 
options available for grant under the 2002 Stock Option Plan.

44

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 45

OPERATOR PM8 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE  
OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Audit Committee is comprised solely of independent directors, as defined by the applicable 
Nasdaq listing standards and rules of the SEC, and it operates under a written charter adopted by 
the Board, which is available under the Corporate Governance section of our “Investors” page on 
our Web site at investor.cirrus.com. The composition of the Audit Committee, the attributes of its 
members, and the responsibilities of the Audit Committee, as reflected in its charter, are intended to 
comply with applicable requirements for corporate audit committees. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act added 
provisions to federal law to strengthen the authority of, and increase the responsibility of, corporate 
audit committees. In 2004, Nasdaq also adopted, and the SEC approved, additional rules concerning 
audit committee structure, membership, authority, and responsibility. The Audit Committee amended 
and restated its charter in response to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Nasdaq listing standards, and 
continues to review and assess the adequacy of its charter on an annual basis, and will revise it to 
comply with other new rules and regulations as they are adopted.

As described more fully in its charter, the primary focus of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board 
in its general oversight of the Company’s financial reporting, internal control, and audit functions. 
Management is responsible for the preparation, presentation, and integrity of the Company’s financial 
statements; accounting and financial reporting principles; internal controls; and procedures designed 
to assure compliance with accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations. The Company’s 
independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young, is responsible for performing an 
independent audit of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the 
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”).

In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Nasdaq listing standards, the Audit Committee has 
ultimate authority and responsibility to select, compensate, evaluate and, when appropriate, replace the 
Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

The Audit Committee serves an oversight role for the Board in which it provides advice, counsel, 
and direction to management and the auditors on the basis of the information it receives, discussions 
with management and the auditors, and the experience of the Audit Committee’s members in 
business, financial and accounting matters. The Audit Committee members are not professional 
auditors, and their functions are not intended to duplicate or to certify the activities of management 
and the independent auditors, nor can the Audit Committee certify that the independent auditors are 
“independent” under applicable rules.

In this context, the Audit Committee has met and held discussions with management and Ernst & 
Young. Management represented to the Audit Committee that the audited financial statements of the 
Company contained in the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended March 31, 
2012, were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and the Audit 
Committee has reviewed and discussed the consolidated financial statements with management and 
the independent auditors. The Audit Committee discussed with Ernst & Young matters required to be 
discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, as amended (AICPA, Professional Standards, 
Vol. 1. AU section 380), as adopted by the PCAOB in Rule 3200T.

The Audit Committee has received and reviewed the written disclosures and the letter from Ernst & 
Young required by PCAOB Rule 3526 regarding the independent accountant’s communications with 
the Audit Committee concerning independence, and the Audit Committee discussed with Ernst & 
Young the firm’s independence. In addition, the Audit Committee has considered whether the 
provision of non-audit services is compatible with maintaining Ernst & Young’s independence.

45

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 46

OPERATOR PM8 

Based upon the Audit Committee’s discussions with management and the independent auditors, and 
the Audit Committee’s review of the representations of management, and the report of the independent 
auditors to the Audit Committee, the Audit Committee recommended that the Board include the 
audited consolidated financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended March 31, 2012, as filed with the SEC.

Submitted by the Audit Committee of the Board:

Robert H. Smith, Chairman 
John C. Carter 
Susan Wang

AUDIT AND NON-AUDIT FEES AND SERVICES

Audit and Related Fees
The following table shows the fees paid or accrued by the Company for the audit and other services 
provided by Ernst & Young for fiscal years 2012 and 2011. All fees were pre-approved by the 
Company’s Audit Committee.

Audit Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit-Related Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Other Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2012
$469,890
$
0
$ 10,166
0
$

2011
$391,420
0
$
8,987
$
0
$

  TOTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$480,056

$400,407

Audit Fees.  Audit services consisted of the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements and of management’s assessment of the operating effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, the review of the 
Company’s financial statements included in its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and statutory audits 
required internationally.

Audit-Related Fees.  Audit-related services generally include fees for accounting consultations and 
registration statements filed with the SEC.

Tax Fees.  Tax services include tax compliance services, technical tax advice, administrative fees, as 
well as certain expatriate services.

All Other Fees.  There were no other fees during fiscal year 2012 or 2011.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
The Audit Committee has adopted a policy for the pre-approval of audit, audit-related, and non-audit 
services provided by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

For audit and audit-related services, the independent auditor will provide the Audit Committee with 
an engagement letter and estimated budget for formal acceptance and approval. A list of non-audit 
services and estimated budget for such services for the upcoming fiscal year shall be submitted to 
the Audit Committee by Company management for pre-approval. To ensure prompt handling of 
unexpected non-budgeted non-audit related services, the Audit Committee has delegated to its Chair 
the authority to amend or modify the list of approved permissible non-audit services and fees if the 
cost of the service is less than $100,000. Any such unexpected services for which the cost is more 
than $100,000 shall be approved by the Audit Committee. If the Chair takes any action, the Chair will 
report such action to the Audit Committee at the next Audit Committee meeting.

46

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 47

OPERATOR PM8 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Indemnification and Insurance.  Our Bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and executive 
officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have entered into indemnification 
agreements with all of our directors and executive officers and have purchased directors’ and officers’ 
liability insurance.

Procedures for Review, Approval, and Ratification of Related Person Transactions.  The Board 
recognizes that Related Person Transactions (as defined below) can present conflicts of interest and 
questions as to whether transactions are in the best interests of the Company. Accordingly, the Board 
has documented and implemented certain procedures for the review, approval, or ratification of 
Related Person Transactions. Pursuant to these procedures, the Audit Committee must review, approve, 
or ratify any transactions with Related Persons (as defined below). When it is impractical to wait for 
a scheduled Audit Committee meeting, a proposed related-person transaction may be submitted to 
the Audit Committee Chair for approval and then subsequently reported to the Committee at the next 
Committee meeting.

This procedure seeks to ensure that Company decisions are based on the merits of the transaction 
and the interests of the Company and its stockholders. It is the Company’s preference to avoid 
Related Person Transactions but when, in the course of business, transactions with related parties 
are unavoidable, this procedure sets forth a methodology for considering a proposed Related Person 
Transaction. The standard to be applied when evaluating a proposed Related Person Transaction is 
whether such transactions are at arm’s length and on terms comparable to those terms provided to 
other unrelated entities in the marketplace.

For these purposes, a “Related Person” is any person who is: (1) a director or Executive Officer of 
the Company, (2) a nominee for director (if the information called for is being presented in a proxy 
or information statement relating to the election of that nominee for director), (3) an immediate 
family member of a director or Executive Officer of the Company, (4) an immediate family member 
of a nominee for director (if the information called for is being presented in a proxy or information 
statement relating to the election of that nominee for director), (5) a Security holder of 5% or more 
of any class of the Company’s Common Stock (or other Equity Security) (if a transaction in which 
the person had a direct or indirect material interest occurred or existed), or (6) an immediate family 
member of the Security holder (if a transaction in which the person had a direct or indirect material 
interest occurred or existed).

For these purposes, a “Related Person Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement, or relationship 
(or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which the Company (including 
any of its subsidiaries) was, is, or will be a participant and in which a Related Person had, has, or will 
have a direct interest. The Company has not established a materiality limit for purposes of defining a 
Related Person Transaction.

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s executive officers and 
directors and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities 
to file an initial report of ownership on Form 3 and changes in ownership on Form 4 or 5 with the 
SEC. Executive officers, directors, and greater than ten percent stockholders are also required by the 
federal securities rules to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on a review of copies of the Forms 3, 4 and 5 received by the Company or representations 
from certain reporting persons, the Company believes that, during the fiscal year 2012, all 
Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its officers, directors and 10% stockholders were met in 
a timely manner.

47

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 48

OPERATOR PM8 

HOUSEHOLDING

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that permit companies and intermediaries 
(such as brokers) to implement a delivery procedure called “householding.” Under this procedure, 
multiple stockholders who reside at the same address may receive a single copy of our annual report 
and proxy materials, including the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy materials, unless the 
affected stockholder has provided contrary instructions. This procedure reduces printing costs and 
postage fees.

This year, we expect that a number of brokers with account holders who beneficially own our common 
stock will be “householding” our annual report and proxy materials, including the Notice of Internet 
Availability of Proxy Materials. A single Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and, 
if applicable, a single set of annual report and other proxy materials will be delivered to multiple 
stockholders sharing an address unless contrary instructions have been received from the affected 
stockholders. Once you have received notice from your broker that it will be “householding” 
communications to your address, “householding” will continue until you are notified otherwise or until 
you revoke your consent. Stockholders may revoke their consent at any time by contacting Broadridge 
ICS, either by calling toll-free (800) 542-1061, or by writing to Broadridge ICS, Householding 
Department, 51 Mercedes Way, Edgewood, New York 11717.

We will promptly deliver to you a separate copy of our annual report and proxy materials for the 2012 
Annual Meeting and for future meetings if you so request. Please also contact Broadridge ICS if you 
wish to request delivery of a single copy of materials if you currently receive multiple copies.

COMMUNICATING WITH US

Communicating with the Board
If you would like to contact the Board, including a committee of the Board, you may write to the 
following address:

 Board of Directors 
c/o Corporate Secretary 
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
800 West 6th Street 
Austin, Texas 78701

The Corporate Secretary or chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee, as appropriate, 
reviews all correspondence addressed to the Board and regularly forwards to the Board all such 
correspondence that, in the opinion of the Corporate Secretary or chair of the Governance and 
Nominating Committee, deals with the functions of the Board or the Board Committees. Directors 
may at any time review a log of all correspondence received by the Company that is addressed to the 
Board or individual Board members. Concerns relating to accounting, internal controls, or auditing 
issues will be immediately brought to the attention of the chair of the Audit Committee.

Other Communications
If you would like to receive information about the Company, you may use one of these 
convenient methods:

1. 

2. 

To have information such as our latest Annual Report on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q mailed to 
you, please call our Investor Relations Department at (512) 851-4125.

To view our home page on the Internet, use our Web site address: www.cirrus.com. Our home 
page provides you access to product, marketing and financial data, job listings, and an on-
line version of this proxy statement, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, and other filings with 
the SEC.

48

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 49

OPERATOR PM8 

If you would like to write to us, please send your correspondence to the following address:

 Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
Attention: Investor Relations 
800 West 6th Street 
Austin, TX 78701

If you would like to inquire about stock transfer requirements, lost certificates, and change of 
stockholder address, please contact our transfer agent, Computershare Investor Services, at 
(877) 373-6374 (toll free) or (781) 575-2879 or by email to shareholder@computershare.com. You may 
also visit their Web site at www.computershare.com for step-by-step transfer instructions.

If you would like to report any inappropriate, illegal, or criminal conduct by any employee, 
agent, or representative of the Company; any violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct; or any 
complaint or concern regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, you 
may file an anonymous and confidential report by contacting EthicsPoint, an independent reporting 
system provider, by telephone at 1-866-384-4277 (1-866-ETHICSP), or through its website at 
www.ethicspoint.com.

49

 
JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 50

OPERATOR PM8 

ANNUAL REPORT

On May 30, 2012, we filed with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
March 31, 2012. The Annual Report on Form 10-K has been provided concurrently with this proxy 
Statement to all stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Annual Meeting.

Stockholders may also obtain a copy of the Annual Report on Form 10-K and any of our other 
SEC reports, free of charge, (1) from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, (2) from our website at 
investor.cirrus.com, or (3) by writing to Investor Relations, Cirrus Logic, Inc., 800 West 6th Street, 
Austin, TX 78701. The Annual Report on Form 10-K is not incorporated into this proxy statement and 
is not considered proxy solicitation material.

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Jason P. Rhode 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Austin, Texas 
May 30, 2012

50

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 51

OPERATOR PM8 

ANNEX

INCENTIVE PLAN RECONCILIATION

Net Revenue 
Cost of Sales 
Gross Profit 

Total Operating Expenses 

Total Operating Income 
Operating Income Percentage 

Operating Income Reconciliation 
GAAP Operating Income 
Amortization of acquisition intangibles 
Stock compensation expense - COGS 
Stock compensation expense - Opex 
Other adjustments ** 
Bonus VCP, Executive, Leadership Plan Exclusion - COGS 
Bonus VCP, Executive, Leadership Plan Exclusion - Opex 
Non GAAP Operating Income Used for Bonus Plans 
Non GAAP Operating Income Percentage Used for Bonus Plans 

6 Months Ended 

Mar. 31,  
2012
2H’12 

Sep. 24  
2012
1H’12  

$232,999
$104,622
$128,377

$193,845
$ 91,779
$102,066

$ 81,090

$ 69,815

$ 47,287

$ 32,251 

20%

17%

$ 47,287
706
$
205
$
6,015
$
263
$
406
$
$
6,087
$ 60,969

$ 32,251
706
$
192
$
5,766
$
622
$
136
$
$
2,639
$ 42,311

26%

22%

51

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. 52

OPERATOR PM8 

(This page intentionally left blank.)

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. A-1

OPERATOR PM8 

Exhibit A

Cirrus Logic, Inc.

Charter of the Compensation Committee 
of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) has constituted and 
established a Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) with the authority, 
responsibility and specific duties as described in this Compensation Committee Charter (this 
“Charter”).

I.  Purpose

The primary purpose of the Compensation Committee is to (i) review and recommend to the 
Independent Directors of the Board of Directors (as hereinafter defined) for approval the compensation 
of directors, (ii) review and approve the compensation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and 
other executive officers who are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 (“Executive Officers”), (iii) review the Company’s general compensation 
policies for other employees on an annual basis, and (iv) produce an annual report on executive 
compensation for public disclosure in the Company’s proxy statement or otherwise as required by 
applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

The purposes and provisions specified in this Charter are meant to serve as guidelines, and the 
Compensation Committee is delegated the authority to adopt additional procedures and standards as it 
deems necessary from time to time to fulfill its responsibilities. Nothing herein is intended to expand 
applicable standards of liability under state or federal law for directors of a corporation.

II.  Appointment

The members of the Compensation Committee shall be designated by the Board consistent with the 
following requirements:

•	 The Compensation Committee shall consist of three or more directors, as determined by 

the Board.

•	 Each member of the Compensation Committee shall satisfy the applicable independence 

requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Nasdaq Stock 
Market (“Nasdaq”).

Compensation Committee members shall be designated annually by the Board. Members shall serve 
until the successors shall be duly designated and qualified. Any member may be removed at any time, 
with or without cause, by a majority of the Board then in office. Any vacancy in the Compensation 
Committee occurring for any cause whatsoever may be filled by a majority of the Board then in office.

The Compensation Committee’s chairperson shall be designated by the Board, or if it does not 
do so, the Compensation Committee members shall elect a chairperson by vote of a majority of 
the Compensation Committee. A majority of the members of the Compensation Committee shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of those present at any 
meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee may form and delegate authority to subcommittees when appropriate. 
For example, in the event that not all of the members of the Compensation Committee are “outside 
directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the 
Compensation Committee may authorize a subcommittee of not less than two members who are 

A-1

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. A-2

OPERATOR PM8 

“outside directors” to review and approve all elements of performance-based compensation that may 
require approval by a committee of “outside directors” in order for such compensation to qualify for 
deductibility under Section 162(m) and related regulations.

III.  Duties and Responsibilities

The Compensation Committee shall have the power and authority of the Board to perform the 
following duties and to fulfill the following responsibilities:

1.  Review and approve the corporate performance goals and targets relevant to the 

Company’s Management and Key Individual Contributor Incentive Plan.

2.  Review and approve for the Chief Executive and other Executive Officers of the 

Company the following: (a) compensation policies; (b) annual base salary compensation; 
(c) bonus or incentive plan(s), (d) perquisites; (e) employment agreements, severance 
arrangements and change in control agreements/provisions; and (f) any other special 
or supplemental benefits or compensation applicable to the Chief Executive Officer 
and other Executive Officers to ensure that such items are aligned with the Company’s 
objectives and stockholder interests. In reviewing and approving the compensation for 
the Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Officers, the Committee may consider 
any factors considered appropriate by the Committee, including, but not limited to: 
(a) Company performance; (b) individual performance; (c) external pay practices of 
competitors and similarly situated companies; (d) the strategic importance of the officer’s 
position, as well as internal pay equity and the officer’s time in the position; and (e) the 
results of any recent stockholder advisory vote on executive compensation (the “say-on-
pay vote”).

3.  Review on an annual basis the Company’s general compensation policies and programs 

applicable to non-executive employees of the Company.

4.  Review annually the Company’s bonus, incentive and other benefit plans. Review 
and recommend for approval by the directors of the Board of Directors who satisfy 
the independence requirements of the SEC and Nasdaq (the “Independent Directors”) 
any new plans, and amendments and modifications to any existing plan, that include 
executive officers as participants in the plan and/or are subject to applicable stockholder 
approval requirements.

5.  Administer the Company’s various equity plans, review and approve policies and 
procedures for awarding grants under such plans, and review and approve option, 
restricted stock, stock appreciation right and other equity-based grants to employees, the 
Chief Executive Officer, and other Executive Officers.

6.  Review the compensation and benefits for the Company’s non-employee directors, and 

recommend for approval by the Independent Directors any changes in the compensation 
and benefits.

7.  Establish rules and regulations and perform all other administrative or management 
duties required of the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee by the 
provisions of any compensation or benefit plan maintained by the Company.

8.  Provide, over the names of the members of the Committee, the required Compensation 

Committee report for the Company’s annual report or proxy statement for the annual 
meeting of shareholders.

9.  Review and discuss with the Company’s management the Compensation Discussion and 

Analysis required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K, Item 402. 
Based on such review and discussion, the Committee shall determine whether to 

A-2

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. A-3

OPERATOR PM8 

recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company that the Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis be included in the Company’s annual report or proxy statement for the 
annual meeting of shareholders.

10.  Determine and recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company a desired 

frequency for say-on-pay votes to be proposed to stockholders at an annual meeting 
at least once every six years and in accordance with applicable law, SEC rules and 
NASDAQ listing requirements.

11.  Review and recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company proposed say-on-

pay resolutions to be included in the Company’s proxy statement for annual meetings 
of shareholders.

12.  Perform any other activities consistent with this Charter and applicable law as the 
Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors may deem appropriate.

IV.  Meetings

The Compensation Committee shall meet at least two times annually or more frequently as necessary. 
The chairperson of the Compensation Committee will preside at each meeting of the Compensation 
Committee and, in consultation with other members of the Compensation Committee, shall determine 
the frequency and length of each meeting and the agenda of items to be addressed at each meeting. The 
chairperson will ensure that the agenda for each meeting is circulated in advance of the meeting. The 
meetings will be held in accordance with applicable SEC and Nasdaq rules.

V.  Reporting

The Compensation Committee will apprise the Board of Directors regularly of significant 
developments in the course of performing the above responsibilities and duties, including reviewing 
with the Board of Directors any issues that arise with respect to the quality or integrity of the 
Company’s compliance with legal or regulatory requirements.

VI.  Compensation

Each member of the Compensation Committee shall be entitled to compensation for their service on 
the Committee and to reimbursement for associated reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

VII.  Additional Resources

To assist the Compensation Committee in fulfilling its duties, management will provide the 
Compensation Committee with information and recommendations as needed and requested. If 
appropriate, the Committee may hire advisors in the field of executive compensation to assist with 
its evaluation of director, CEO or senior executive compensation. The Committee shall have the sole 
authority to retain and to terminate such advisors, and to approve the advisors’ fees and other retention 
terms. Before selecting an advisor, the Committee shall consider all applicable independence standards 
for compensation committee advisors.

The Committee shall also have the authority to obtain advice and assistance from internal or external 
legal, accounting or other advisors. However, the Committee may not retain the Company’s auditors 
for any purpose without prior approval from the Company’s Audit Committee.

A-3

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. A-4

OPERATOR PM8 

(This page intentionally left blank.)

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-1

OPERATOR PM8 

Exhibit B

Cirrus Logic, Inc.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

I. 

Director Qualifications

General
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Cirrus Logic, Inc. (the “Company”) will have at 
least two-thirds (2/3rds) of its directors who meet the criteria for independence required by 
the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (the “NASDAQ”), other 
applicable laws and regulations, and the standards set forth in Exhibit A to these Guidelines 
(the “Independent Directors”). The Nominating and Governance Committee (the “Governance 
Committee”) will review, on an annual basis, the requisite skills and characteristics of all 
Board members, taking into consideration skills and experience in the context of the needs 
of the Board. Nominees for directorship will be selected and considered by the Governance 
Committee in accordance with its charter. An invitation to join the Board should be extended on 
behalf of the Board by the Chair of the Governance Committee and the Chair of the Board. The 
Chief Executive Officer shall be the only member of the Board who is an executive officer of 
the Company.

Size of Board
Subject to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Board shall be limited 
to seven or fewer members, except during certain periods, such as director transitions and the 
integration of acquisitions.

Service on Other Boards
Due to the commitment of time required to adequately fulfill the responsibilities of Board 
membership, no director may serve on more than five other public company boards. Directors 
should advise the Chairman of the Board and the Chair of the Governance Committee in 
advance of accepting an invitation to serve on another company board.

Board Evaluation Process
The Governance Committee will oversee an annual self-assessment of the Board’s performance 
as well as the performance of each committee of the Board.

Annual Review for Re-Election
The Governance Committee will review each director’s continuation on the Board every year. 
This will allow each director the opportunity to conveniently confirm his or her desire to 
continue as a member of the Board.

Directors Who Change Their Present Job Responsibility
It is not necessary that directors leave the Board when they retire or change from the position 
they held when they joined the Board. A director should, however, offer to resign to provide 
an opportunity for the Board, via the Governance Committee, to review the continued 
appropriateness of Board membership under the circumstances.

B-1

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-2

OPERATOR PM8 

Retirement Policy
Board members will retire at the first stockholders’ meeting in which directors will be elected 
following the director’s 75th birthday.

II.  Director Responsibilities

General

The basic responsibility of each director is to exercise his or her business judgment to act in 
what he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders. 
In discharging this obligation, directors should be entitled to rely on the honesty and integrity 
of the Company’s executive officers and its outside advisors and auditors. The directors shall 
also be entitled to have the Company purchase reasonable directors’ liability insurance on their 
behalf, and to receive the benefits of indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and 
the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and any indemnification agreements.

Selection of Chairman of the Board

The Board is free to select its Chairman in the manner and upon the criteria that it deems best 
for the Company at the time of selection, except that the Chief Executive Officer shall not be 
eligible to be selected as Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board will:

a)  Seek input from all directors as to the preparation of the agendas for Company board and 

Committee meetings;

b)  Advise the Board as to the quality, quantity, and timeliness of the flow of information from 

the Company’s management that is necessary for the Independent Directors to effectively 
and responsibly perform their duties; and

c)  Assist the Company’s officers in assuring compliance with and implementation of all 

applicable corporate and securities laws and be principally responsible for revisions to the 
Company’s governance guidelines for compliance and implement of same.

Lead Independent Director

In the event that the Chairman of the Board is not an Independent Director, the Independent 
Directors will designate an Independent Director to be the “Lead Independent Director.” The 
Lead Independent Director shall coordinate the activities of the other Independent Directors and 
perform various other duties. Service of the Lead Independent Director shall not exceed five 
(5) years.

Attendance at Board Meetings

Directors are expected to attend Board meetings and meetings of committees on which they 
serve, and to spend the time needed and meet as frequently as necessary to properly discharge 
their responsibilities. Information and data that are important to the Board’s understanding of 
the business to be conducted at a Board or committee meeting generally should be distributed 
in writing to the directors before the meeting, and directors should review these materials in 
advance of the meeting. Sensitive subject matters may be discussed at the meeting without 
written materials being distributed in advance or at the meeting.

Attendance at Annual Meeting

Directors are expected to attend the Company’s annual meeting absent extraordinary 
circumstances. To facilitate attendance and reduce travel costs, the annual meeting should be 
scheduled to occur around the same time as a periodic meeting of the Board.

B-2

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-3

OPERATOR PM8 

Content of Board Meetings

The Chairman of the Board will establish the agenda for each Board meeting. Each Board 
member is free to suggest the inclusion of items on the agenda. Each Board member is free to 
raise at any Board meeting subjects that are not on the agenda for that meeting. The Board will 
review the Company’s long-term strategic plans and the principal issues that the Company will 
face in the future during at least one Board meeting each year.

Executive Session

The Company’s independent directors who satisfy the independence requirements of the NASD 
will usually meet in executive session during each regularly scheduled Board meeting.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Board members are required to accurately and completely disclose to the Board (or any 
applicable committee) all financial interest or personal interest that he or she has in any contract 
or transaction that is being considered by the Board (or any committee) for approval. Disclosed 
conflicts of interest shall be included in the minutes of the meeting.

Board Interaction with Investors, Press, Customers, etc.

The Board believes that the management speaks for the Company when dealing with the media, 
investors, rating agencies, stockholders, customers, regulators and other similar constituencies.

III.   Board Committees

General

The Board will have at all times an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a 
Governance Committee. All of the members of these committees will meet the criteria for 
independence required by applicable listing standards of the NASDAQ and other applicable laws 
and regulations. Committee members will be appointed by the Board upon recommendation 
of the Governance Committee with consideration of the desires of individual directors. It is 
the belief of the Board that consideration should be given to rotating committee members 
periodically. It is expected that each committee Chair will have had previous service on the 
applicable committee.

Charters

Each committee will have its own charter, which is approved by the Board. The charters will 
establish the purposes, goals and responsibilities of the committees, as well as qualifications 
for committee membership, procedures for committee member appointment and removal, 
committee structure, operations and reporting to the Board.

Schedule and Timing of Meetings

The Chair of each committee, in consultation with the committee members, will determine 
the frequency and length of the committee meetings consistent with any requirements set forth 
in the committee’s charter. The Chair of each committee, in consultation with the appropriate 
members of the committee and management, will develop the committee’s agenda. At the 
beginning of the year, each committee will establish a schedule of agenda subjects to be 
discussed during the year (to the degree these can be foreseen). The schedule for each committee 
will be furnished to all directors. Board members are welcome to attend any Committee 
meeting, whether they are a member of the committee or not.

B-3

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-4

OPERATOR PM8 

Additional Committees

The Board may, from time to time, establish or maintain additional committees as deemed 
necessary or appropriate.

IV.  Director Access To Officers and Employees

Directors have full and free access to officers and employees of the Company. Any meetings or 
contacts that a director wishes to initiate may be arranged through the Chief Executive Officer 
or the Secretary or directly by the director. The directors will use their judgment to ensure 
that any such contact is not disruptive to the business operations of the Company and will, to 
the extent deemed appropriate by the director, inform the Chief Executive Officer that such 
communications are taking place.

V. 

Director Compensation

General

The Board believes that director compensation should include components that are designed 
to align the interests of the directors with the interests of stockholders and that the aggregate 
value of director compensation and perquisites should generally be at or near the median level of 
director compensation at peer companies. The form and amount of director compensation will 
be recommended to the Board by the Compensation Committee in accordance with the policies 
and principles set forth in its charter.

Expense Reimbursement

A director of the Company will be reimbursed for any ordinary and necessary business and 
professional expense incurred on behalf of the Company, if the following conditions are 
satisfied: (a) the expenses are reasonable in amount; (b) the director documents the amount, 
date, place (for transportation, travel and entertainment expenses), business purpose (and for 
entertainment expenses, the business relationship of the person or persons entertained) of each 
such expense with the same kind of documentary evidence as would be required to support 
a deduction of the expense on the director’s federal income tax return; and (c) the director 
substantiates such expenses by providing the Company with an accounting of such expenses 
no less frequently than monthly. Examples of reimbursable business expenses include local 
transportation, overnight travel (including lodging and meals), entertainment, education and 
professional dues. Under no circumstances will the Company reimburse a director for business 
or professional expenses incurred that are not properly substantiated according to this policy.

In no event will an expense be reimbursed if substantiated more than sixty (60) days after the 
expense is paid or incurred by the director. In addition, any reimbursement by the Company that 
exceeds the amount of business or professional expenses properly accounted for by a director 
pursuant to this policy must be returned to the Company within 120 days after the associated 
expenses are paid

It is the Company’s intent that this reimbursement policy be classified as an accountable plan. 
Accordingly, the Company will not include in a director’s form 1099 the amount of any business 
or professional expense properly substantiated and reimbursed according to this policy.

Charitable Contributions

Charitable contributions by the Company exceeding $10,000 in any calendar year to an 
organization in which an independent director is affiliated shall be subject to the approval of 
the Compensation Committee, which shall consider the impact of any such contributions on the 
applicable director’s independence.

B-4

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-5

OPERATOR PM8 

VI.  Continuing Director Education

The Board believes that it is appropriate for directors, at their discretion, to attend continuing 
director education programs related to their duties as directors. Upon approval by the Chair of 
the Governance Committee, the Company will reimburse reasonable continuing education and 
travel expenses incurred by a director in attending such programs. The Company will provide a 
reasonable budget to each member of the Board for the purpose of attending director education 
programs of the director’s choosing.

VII.  Management Evaluation, Compensation Review and Succession Planning

Review of CEO and Executive Officers

The Board of Directors will review the Chief Executive Officer’s, the Chief Financial Officer’s, 
and the Chief Legal Officer’s (or General Counsel) performance on an annual basis.

Compensation Review

At least once every three years, the Compensation Committee shall select and retain 
an independent consultant to conduct a comparative study of the Company’s executive 
compensation polices, practices, and procedures (including specifically with respect to options) 
relative to other public companies and prepare and submit to the Compensation Committee a 
report and recommendations.

Succession Planning

The Board of Directors will evaluate and nominate potential successors to the Chief Executive 
Officer. The Chief Executive Officer may make available his or her recommendations and 
evaluations of potential successors, along with a review of any development plans recommended 
for such individuals.

VIII.  Option Granting Procedures

In addition to the standard controls and procedures with respect to the Company’s stock option 
granting procedures, The Company shall require the following:

a) 

b) 

c) 

 All stock option grants to directors and executive officers of the Company subject 
to the requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, shall be 
disclosed by or on behalf of the director or executive officer within two business days 
of such grants;

 All grants of options to executive officers and directors shall be made only at a meeting 
of the Company’s Board or Compensation Committee and not by unanimous written 
consent. The Company’s General Counsel and/or Corporate Counsel shall attend any 
and all meetings where options are granted; and

 Stock options granted to all officers, directors and employees shall be granted on 
predetermined dates. In setting these predetermined dates, the Company will not have 
any program, plan or practice to time option grants in coordination with the release of 
material non-public information. The Company shall complete all grant documentation 
required to approve the option grants and circulate that information to those approving 
the grants prior to the predetermined grant dates.

B-5

 
 
 
JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-6

OPERATOR PM8 

IX.  Director Nominations Process

Annual Review

The Governance Committee will review annually the needs of the Board for various skills, 
experience, expected contributions and other characteristics in determining the director 
candidates to be nominated for election at the annual meeting of stockholders. The Governance 
Committee will evaluate candidates for directors proposed by directors, stockholders or 
management in light of the committee’s views of the current needs of the Board for certain 
skills, experience or other characteristics, the candidate’s background, skills, experience, other 
characteristics and expected contributions and the qualification standards established from 
time to time by the Governance Committee. If the committee believes that the Board requires 
additional candidates for nomination, the Committee may engage a third party search firm to 
assist in identifying qualified candidates. All directors and nominees will submit a completed 
form of directors’ and officers’ questionnaire as part of the nominating process. The process 
may also include interviews and additional background and reference checks for non-incumbent 
nominees, at the discretion of the Governance Committee. In making the determinations 
regarding nominations of directors, the Governance Committee may take into account the 
benefits of diverse viewpoints as well as the benefits of a constructive working relationship 
among directors.

Nominations Process

In considering candidates recommended by stockholders for the Company’s Board, the 
Governance Committee shall follow the following process:

a)  The Governance Committee shall consider all candidates as recommended by a stockholder 
(or group of stockholders) who own at least 5% of the Company’s outstanding common 
stock and who have held such shares for at least one year (an “Eligible Stockholder”);

b)  An Eligible Stockholder wishing to recommend a candidate must submit the following not 

less than 120 calendar days prior to the anniversary of the date the proxy was released to the 
shareholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting: (A) a recommendation 
that identifies the candidate and provides contact information; (B) the written consent of 
the candidate to serve as a director of the Company, if elected; and (C) documentation 
establishing that the shareholder making the recommendation is an Eligible Stockholder;

c)  Upon timely receipt of the required documents, the Corporate Secretary will determine 
if the shareholder submitting the recommendation is an Eligible Stockholder based 
on such documents. The Corporate Secretary will inform the stockholder of his or 
her determination;

d) 

e) 

If the candidate is to be evaluated by the Governance Committee, the Corporate Secretary 
will request a resume, a completed director and officer questionnaire, a completed 
statement regarding conflicts of interest, and a waiver of liability for background check 
from the candidate. To evaluate the candidate and consider such candidate for nomination 
by the Board, such documents must be received from the candidate before the first day of 
March preceding the annual meeting; and

If, in the exercise of its business judgment, the Governance Committee determines not 
to nominate the Eligible Stockholder’s initial candidate, the Governance Committee will 
inform the Eligible Stockholder of its decision and provide the stockholder the opportunity 
to submit one alternate candidate; provided, however, the Committee shall not be obligated 
to consider a candidate if the Committee does not receive within 30 calendar days of its 
notice of determination: (A) the written consent of the candidate to serve as a director of the 

B-6

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-7

OPERATOR PM8 

Company, if elected; and (B) the documents required above. The Governance Committee 
will, in the exercise of its business judgment, determine whether to nominate the alternate 
candidate for election to the Board.

X. 

Shareholder Proposals

All shareholder proposals that are required to be included in the Company’s proxy statement 
shall be evaluated by a committee of at least three Independent Directors. Such committee 
shall determine, with the assistance of outside advisors, if necessary, whether the shareholder 
proposal is in the best interest of the Company. The committee shall recommend to the Board 
for or against such shareholder proposal and the reasons for such recommendation. The 
Board shall publish the recommendation for or against such proposal and the reason for such 
recommendation in a proxy statement.

XI.  Communications with the Board of Directors

The Corporate Secretary, or the Chair of the Governance Committee, as appropriate, shall 
review correspondence addressed to the Board and regularly forward to the Board a summary 
of all such correspondence and copies of all correspondence that, in the opinion of the Corporate 
Secretary and/or the Chair of the Governance Committee, deals with the functions of the Board 
or committees thereof. Directors may at any time review a log of all correspondence received 
by the Company that is addressed to the Board of Directors or individual members thereof. 
Concerns relating to accounting, internal controls, or auditing issues will be immediately 
brought to the attention of the Audit Committee Chair.

B-7

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-8

OPERATOR PM8 

Exhibit A

Cirrus Logic Director Independence Standards

Cirrus Logic, Inc. provides that the following requirements should be met in order for a director 

to be considered “independent”:

a)  The director has not been employed by the Company or any of its affiliates (defined as 
any individual or business entity that owns at least 5% of the securities of the Company 
having ordinary voting power) at any time during the preceding three years;

b)  The director has not received, during the current calendar year or any of the three 

immediately preceding calendar years, remuneration, directly or indirectly, other than 
de minimus remuneration, as a result of service as, or compensation paid to an entity 
affiliated with the individual who serves as (1) an advisor, consultant, or legal counsel to 
the Company or to a member of the Company’s senior management; or (2) a significant 
customer or supplier of the Company;

c)  The director has no personal services contract with the Company;

d)  The director is not employed and compensated by a not-for-profit entity that receives 

from the Company significant contributions that are required to be disclosed in the 
Company’s proxy statement;

e)  The director is not a member of the immediate family of any person who fails to satisfy 

the Company’s Director Independence Standards, except that with respect to employment 
with the Company or its affiliates, employment of immediate family members 
will not negate independence unless such employment is in an executive officer or 
director position;

f)  The director has no interest in any investment that the director jointly acquired in 

conjunction with the Company;

g)  During the current fiscal year or any of the three immediately preceding fiscal years, a 

company of which the director is an executive officer or an employee has not had any 
business relationship with the Company for which the Company has been required to 
make disclosure under Regulation S-K of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“SEC”), other than for service as a director or for which relationship no more than de 
minimus remuneration was received in any one such year; provided, however, that the 
need to disclose any relationship that existed prior to a director joining the Board shall 
not in and of itself render the director non-independent; and

h)  The director shall not be employed by a public company at which an executive officer of 

the Company serves as a director.

i)  A director is deemed to have received remuneration (other than remuneration as 
a director including remuneration provided to a non-executive Chairman of the 
Board, Committee Chairman, or Lead Independent Director), directly or indirectly, 
if remuneration, other than de minimus remuneration, was paid by the Company, its 
subsidiaries or affiliates, to any entity in which the director has beneficial ownership 
interest of 5% or more, or to an entity by which the director is employed or self-employed 
other than as a director. Remuneration is deemed de minimus remuneration if such 
remuneration is $50,000 or less in any calendar year, or if such remuneration is paid to an 
entity, it (1) did not for the calendar year exceed 5% of the gross revenues of the entity, or 
$200,000, whichever is more; and (2) did not directly result in a material increase in the 
compensation received by the director from that entity.

B-8

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-9

OPERATOR PM8 

(This page intentionally left blank.)

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-10

OPERATOR PM8 

(This page intentionally left blank.)

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-11

OPERATOR PM8 

Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
800 West 6th Street 
Austin, Texas 78701 
July 26, 2012 
11:00 A.M.

Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
Cirrus Logic, Inc. 
800 West 6th Street 
Austin, Texas 78701 
July 26, 2012 
11:00 A.M.

ADMIT ONE

ADMIT ONE

JOB TITLE Cirrus NPS

JOB NUMBER 231262

REVISION 18

SERIAL

<12345678>

DATE Friday, June 01, 2012 

TYPE

PAGE NO. B-12

OPERATOR PM8 

Annual Report20121307401-0612-ARNORTH AMERICACORPORATE HEADQUARTERS800 West Sixth StreetAustin, Texas 78701United StatesT +1-512-851-4000Toll-Free +1-800-888-5016ASIA PACIFICCIRRUS LOGIC INTERNATIONAL LTD.Suite 1427Ocean CentreHarbour City5 Canton RoadTsimshatsuiKowloon, Hong KongChinaT +852-2376-0801JAPANCIRRUS LOGIC K.K.G-Square Mita 8F3-2-6 MitaMinato-kuTokyo, Japan 108-0073T +81 (3) 6732-8477EUROPECIRRUS LOGIC (U.K.) LTD.Ground Floor OfficesJames House, Mere ParkDedmere RoadMarlow, Buckinghamshire SL7  1FJUnited KingdomT +44 (0) 1628-891-300LEARN MORE ATwww.cirrus.comcirr-13074-01 FY12 Annual Report Cover Design F.indd   1-25/30/12   5:33 PM